18.08.2013 Views

Appendix Table 4

Appendix Table 4

Appendix Table 4

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

THESIS<br />

AN ANALYSIS OF ENGLISH TERMS OF THAI MUSIC: THAI MUSICAL<br />

INSTRUMENTS, THAI MUSICAL ENSEMBLES, AND TYPES OF THAI<br />

MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS<br />

ANGSANA INBOON<br />

A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fulfillment of<br />

the Requirements for the Degree of<br />

Master of Arts (English for Specific Purposes)<br />

Graduate School, Kasetsart University<br />

2004<br />

ISBN 974-274-773-3


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS<br />

The thesis has been accomplished with the support of many persons. Firstly, I<br />

would like to express my deepest gratitude to Asst. Prof Bhikul Punyaratabandhu, my<br />

thesis advisor, for her invaluable time and assistance, encouragement, and support.<br />

This thesis would not have been successful without her patience, help and concern in<br />

my study.<br />

I am particularly grateful to my major field advisor, Mr. Richard Goldrick who<br />

advised and edited all the grammatical points. Without him, this thesis would not have<br />

been completed. I am very much indebted to Mr. Jaruek Rajsombat for his help and<br />

suggestions. Also, I am especially thankful to Asst. Prof Narong Kiantongkul, the<br />

Graduate School Representative and expert in the field of Thai music, for his<br />

supportive comments and counsel for the defense.<br />

My special gratitude go to all teachers of all my life, especially all ESP<br />

teachers, who have taught me in ESP courses , and Thai music teachers, who have<br />

taught me Thai music both theory and practical skills.<br />

Many thanks go to all of my dear friends for their love, care, and assistance<br />

during the years of my study. Thanks very much for many persons I have not<br />

mentioned here who are never the less very much appreciated.


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS (CONTINUED)<br />

Finally, I would like to extend my warmest appreciation to my parents, my<br />

aunts, and relatives for their kindness, love, support, care, and understanding. Thank<br />

you very much with all my heart.<br />

Angsana Inboon<br />

September 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

LIST OF TABLES iii<br />

LIST OF FIGURES vi<br />

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION 1<br />

Rationale of the Study 1<br />

Objective of the Study 6<br />

Importance of the Study 6<br />

Scope of the Study 6<br />

Definition of Terms 7<br />

CHAPTER II LITERATURE REVIEW 9<br />

Translation Equivalences 9<br />

Relevant Research 18<br />

CHAPTER III METHODOLOGY 26<br />

Research Design 26<br />

Data Collection Procedure 27<br />

Data Analysis 31<br />

Reliability Assurance 36<br />

CHAPTER IV RESULTS 37<br />

The Findings on English Terms of Thai Music 37<br />

Strategies Used by Writers in Presenting English Terms<br />

of Thai Music 39<br />

i<br />

Page


TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)<br />

CHAPTER V DISCUSSION 58<br />

Summary of the Results 58<br />

Discussion and Suggestions for Further Research 62<br />

LITERATURE CITED 67<br />

APPENDIX 70<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> A The Lists of Thai Music Terms 71<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> B Strategies that Each Writer Used in Presenting<br />

English Terms of Thai Music 124<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> C The Lists of Strategies Used in Presenting<br />

Thai Music Terms 213<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> D The Differences on Strategies Used in Presenting<br />

Thai Music Terms 255<br />

ii<br />

Page


LIST OF TABLES<br />

<strong>Table</strong> Page<br />

1 Names of Thai Musical Instruments 30<br />

2 Names of Thai Musical Ensembles 30<br />

3 Names of Types of Thai Musical Instruments 30<br />

4 Thai Musical Instruments 32<br />

5 Thai Musical Ensembles 33<br />

6 Types of Thai Musical Instruments 34<br />

7 The Number of English Terms for Thai Musical Instruments, Ensembles,<br />

and Types of Instruments Collected from the Five Books and in<br />

Saranukromsapdontrithai [Dictionary of Thai Music (in Thai)] 37<br />

8 Frequency of Occurrence of All the Strategies that Each Writer Used<br />

for Presenting English Terms of Thai Musical Instruments. 39<br />

9 Frequency of Occurrence of All the Strategies that Each Writer Used<br />

for Presenting English Terms of Thai Musical Ensembles. 47<br />

iii


LIST OF TABLES (CONTINUED)<br />

<strong>Table</strong> Page<br />

10 Frequency of Occurrence of All the Strategies that Each Writer Used<br />

for Presenting English Terms of Types of Thai Musical Instruments 53<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong><br />

1 Lists of Names of Thai Musical Instruments 72<br />

2 Lists of Names of Thai Musical Ensembles 111<br />

3 Lists of Names of Types of Thai Musical Instruments 122<br />

4 Strategies that Each Writer Used in Presenting English Terms<br />

of Thai Musical Instruments 125<br />

5 Strategies that Each Writer Used in Presenting English Terms<br />

of Thai Musical Ensembles 194<br />

6 Strategies that Each Writer Used in Presenting English Terms<br />

of Types of Thai Musical Instruments 210<br />

7 The Differences in Strategies Used in Presenting<br />

Thai Musical Instruments 256<br />

iv


LIST OF TABLES (CONTINUED)<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> Page<br />

8 The Differences in Strategies Used in Presenting<br />

Thai Musical Ensembles 262<br />

9 The Differences in Strategies Used in Presenting<br />

Types of Thai Musical Instruments 264<br />

v


LIST OF FIGURES<br />

Figure Page<br />

1 An Overview of the Translation Task 16<br />

vi


A Brief Introduction to Thai Music<br />

CHAPTER I<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

Rationale of the Study<br />

Thai music is one part of Thai culture and has a complicated history. Since<br />

before the establishment of the first Thai Kingdom, Thai people have invented many<br />

different kinds of Thai musical instruments and developed ways of playing them<br />

(Yupho, 1960); however, some types of instruments as well as ways of playing them<br />

have been adopted and adapted from other countries, as is mentioned in the<br />

Tribhumikatha, one of the first books written in Thai, and on a stone inscription from<br />

the time of King Ramkhamhaeng of the Sukhothai period (The National Identity<br />

Office, Office of the Prime Minister, Royal Thai Government, 1995).<br />

Thai music plays a vital part in everyday Thai life. It is performed during<br />

many types of ceremonies of the court and of ordinary people. It draws much of its<br />

meaning from its function in Buddhist ceremonies and life cycle rituals as listed below<br />

(Jearaditharporn, 1973 cited in Moro, 1998: 378):<br />

1. Buddhist ceremonies<br />

1.1 songkraan : water-throwing festival, at the Thai New Year


Buddha<br />

1.2 wisaakha: commemorates the birth, enlightenment, and death of the<br />

1.3 khaw phansaa: the beginning of Buddhist Lent<br />

1.4 saat: an autumnal feast<br />

1.5 auk phansaa: the end of Buddhist Lent<br />

1.6 kathin: presentation of robes to monks after Buddhist Lent.<br />

1.7 loy krathong: a not specifically Buddhist festival in which participants<br />

float offerings on water<br />

1.8 maakhaa buchaa: Buddhist saints’ day<br />

1.9 theet mahaachaat: a sermon on the penultimate life of the Buddha<br />

2. Life-cycle ceremonies<br />

2.1 tham khwan: a rite performed at various life cycle celebrations such as<br />

the ordination of young men into the monkhood, and the “top-knot cutting” puberty<br />

rite [rarely performed today]<br />

2.2 weddings<br />

2.3 funerals<br />

2


2.4 tham bun: merit-making rite, performed as part of both Buddhist and<br />

life-cycle observances<br />

The melodies played at different ceremonies vary. So do most of the musical<br />

instruments which form the ensembles that play the melodies. For example, the<br />

melodies played at funerals tend to create the feeling of sadness while those<br />

performed at merit-making rites tend to stimulate the feeling of happiness, and<br />

therefore different musical instruments must be used. Thus Thai instruments are<br />

grouped into many different kinds of Thai music ensembles and each Thai musical<br />

composition was limited to certain kinds of ensembles at certain ceremonies.<br />

Moreover, some ceremonies, like theet mahaachaat, tham khwan, tham bun, weddings<br />

and funerals ceremonies, limit the titles of the compositions that may be played and<br />

the standard order in which they are performed during the rituals. Many of these Thai<br />

music compositions were adopted or adapted from melodies of other countries. The<br />

title of each of these musical compositions normally begins with the name of the<br />

country where the melody originated in order to honor that country. Moreover, some<br />

music compositions were named by using the name of places whose beauty is<br />

described in the lyrics.<br />

The names of Thai instruments may refer to the sound they make, characteristic<br />

shape or customary use in ensembles; the country from which they originally came; or<br />

their original names (Yupho, 1987:6-7). The following list is a classification of names<br />

of Thai musical instruments:<br />

1. Onomatopoetic names<br />

2. Names based on the characteristic shape<br />

3


3. Names based on their use in ensemble<br />

4. Names based on the country from which they were borrowed<br />

5. Original names in the language of the country of origin.<br />

The Publishing of Thai Music Articles<br />

Nowadays people in many western countries becoming more and more<br />

interested in Thai music. Foreigners have heard Thai music during their visits to<br />

Thailand. European observers have taken interest in Thai music, and articles on Thai<br />

music have been written by travellers, missionaries, officials, and musicologists since<br />

the mid-16 th century, and by musicologists in the 20 th century (Moro, 1998:37).<br />

Moreover, Thai people who have gone to live or study overseas have disseminated<br />

Thai music by having it performed in Thai restaurants and offering courses at Thai<br />

temples. A number of tertiary institutions in other countries have included it in their<br />

music curricula in the fields of musicology and ethnomusicology. Many students, both<br />

foreigners and Thais, studying at tertiary institutions offering musicology and<br />

ethnomusicology are becoming more and more interested in writing papers, academic<br />

articles, and books about Thai music.<br />

The Translation of Thai Music<br />

In articles written in English about Thai music, it is noticeable that each writer<br />

uses a variety of terms to name, define and explain, songs, melodies, and instruments,<br />

and this, very often, confuses people who read more than one article. Those who<br />

already have background knowledge of Thai music may easily understand what they<br />

4


are reading, but those who have little or no background knowledge may be confused<br />

when they come across technical terms without any explanation or definition.<br />

Different writers have used different terms in discussing the same thing about<br />

Thai music because there are several strategies the writers have used to present terms.<br />

In terms of lexis, one of the most important things that writers need to consider is<br />

translation equivalence. The translators may encounter the problem of finding the<br />

equivalent meaning when they translate Thai words to English words. Many strategies<br />

have been used to represent those words. For example, some writers use transliteration<br />

strategies and give the definition after each word; some use cultural substitutes, while<br />

others use both of these strategies together in the same presentation.<br />

In terms of transliteration, each writer has used his or her own system of<br />

romanization to present terms of Thai music and this may confuse readers when they<br />

find different transliterations in other papers.<br />

English technical terms of Thai music are very interesting to study. Many of<br />

them cannot be understood clearly by readers. When each writer uses different terms to<br />

represent the same Thai word, the readers may be confused. Therefore it is beneficial<br />

to the dissemination of Thai classical music to survey and collect the English terms of<br />

Thai music used by prominent writers and study the strategies they used in presenting<br />

Thai music in English.<br />

5


Objectives of the Study<br />

1. To survey and collect the English terms of Thai music<br />

2. To analyze the strategies which the writers used in presenting technical<br />

terms of Thai music in English<br />

Importance of the Study<br />

The finding of this study will be useful to both Thais and foreigners who are<br />

interested in writing articles or translating documents about Thai music. It is also a<br />

guideline for Thai teachers of Thai music for use in teaching foreigners to play Thai<br />

instruments. Moreover, it is a guideline for developing a dictionary of Thai music<br />

technical terms.<br />

Scope of the Study<br />

1. Terms were taken from the following Thai music books written in English:<br />

1.1 Morton, David. 1976. The Traditional Music of Thailand. Los<br />

Angeles: Institute of Ethnomusicology, UCLA.<br />

1.2 Myer, Moro. 1998. Thai Music and Musicians in Contemporary<br />

Bangkok. Los Angeles: Institute of Ethnomusicology, UCLA.<br />

1.3 Phra Chen Duriyanga. 1968. Thai Music. Bangkok<br />

6


1.4 Pradipasen, Pradhak. 1976. Thai Classical Music. Bangkok<br />

1.5 Yupho, Dhanit. 1987. Thai Musical Instruments. Bangkok<br />

2. The study focuses on analyzing names of Thai musical instruments,<br />

names of Thai musical ensembles and names of types of Thai musical instruments.<br />

Only the words from chapters concerning those topics were studied.<br />

Definitions of Terms<br />

1. SL stands for source language<br />

Source language means the Thai terms of the Thai music as officially<br />

defined in Saranukromsapdontrithai (Dictionary of Thai Music), which is in the<br />

Thai language.<br />

2. TL stands for target language<br />

Target language means the English language<br />

3. ST stands for source text<br />

Source text means the Saranukromsapdontrithai<br />

4. TT stands for target text<br />

Target text means the five books from which the researcher collected<br />

words and descriptions to analyze<br />

5. Generic word means translating specific words by using a general terms.<br />

For example: กลองแขก = foreign drum (the word แขก is translated as foreign)<br />

7


Explanation: The word “แขก” is the specific word which refers to peoples of Asia to<br />

the west of Thailand such as Arabs and Indians. But the word “foreign” is a generic<br />

word; it is much more general.<br />

6. Specific word means translating general words by using specific terms.<br />

For example: แตรฝรั่ง<br />

= European trumpet (the word ฝรั่ง<br />

is translated as European)<br />

Explanation: The word “ฝรั่ง”<br />

is the generic word referring to both Europeans and<br />

Westerners. But the translator renders it “European”, the meaning of which is more<br />

limited, or specific, than that of “ฝรั่ง”<br />

7. Cultural substitute means to translate with a word referring to an item or<br />

concept of the receptor language culture.<br />

8


CHAPTER II<br />

LITERATURE REVIEW<br />

There are two subjects relevant to this research<br />

1. translation equivalence theories<br />

2. relevant research<br />

Translation Equivalences<br />

Jakobson (1959) explained that there are three kinds of translation:<br />

1. intralingual (within one language, i.e. rewording or paraphrase)<br />

2. interlingual (between two different written languages)<br />

3. intersemiotic or transmutation (between sign systems).<br />

According to his theory, interlingual refers to translation between two different<br />

languages. He focused on the problem of equivalence in meaning between words in<br />

different languages saying that ‘there is ordinarily no full equivalence between codeunits.’<br />

The translator uses synonyms in order to get the ST message across. From the<br />

grammatical point of view, SL may differ from TL and this may cause problems in<br />

finding a translation equivalent. Jakobson stated that ‘whenever there is deficiency,


terminology may be qualified and amplified by loanwords or loan-translations,<br />

neologisms or semantic shifts, and finally, by circumlocutions.’<br />

Catford (1965) stated that “Translation equivalence occurs when an SL (Source<br />

Language) and a TL (Target Language) text or item are relatable to (at least some of)<br />

the same features of substance”. He separated translation equivalence into two types:<br />

textual equivalence and formal correspondence.<br />

In his study, Catford defined textual equivalence as follows: “A textual<br />

translation equivalent is any TL form (text or portion of text) which is observed to be<br />

the equivalent of a given SL form (text or portion of text)”.<br />

In terms of formal correspondence, there are five levels of translation<br />

equivalence: sentence level, subordinate clause level, phrase level, lexical level and<br />

morpheme level.<br />

Baker (1992) also explained that there are different levels of “equivalence” She<br />

distinguishes between:<br />

1. Word equivalence: when translating from SL to TL, the first thing that a<br />

translator needs to consider is word level. She said “a single word can sometimes be<br />

assigned different meanings in different languages and might be regarded as being a<br />

more complex unit or morpheme”. This means that the translator should pay attention<br />

to a number of factors when considering a single word, such as number, gender and<br />

tense.<br />

10


2. Grammatical equivalence: when translating from SL to TL, problems of<br />

finding a direct correspondence in the TL may occurred, and translators may add or<br />

omit information because of the particular grammatical devices in the TL itself.<br />

Amongst the grammatical devices which might cause problems in translation, Baker<br />

focuses on number, tense and aspects, voice, person and gender.<br />

3. Textual equivalence: when translating from SL to TL, a translator needs to<br />

consider useful guidelines for the comprehension and analysis of the SL and whether<br />

and how s/he will maintain the cohesion of the SL text or not. His or her decision will<br />

be guided by three main factors: the target audience, the purpose of the translation and<br />

the text type.<br />

4. Pragmatic equivalence: when translating from SL to TL, the translator<br />

needs to imply meanings in translation in order to get the ST message across. It is very<br />

necessary to consider the aims of the authors in SL culture in order to make the reader<br />

in TL understand it clearly.<br />

As for word or lexical level, Supol (1999) said that translation equivalence can<br />

be divided into:<br />

1. one-to-one correspondence: one word in the source language can be<br />

translated into one word in the target language<br />

2. one-to-many correspondence: one word in the source language can be<br />

translated into many words in the target language.<br />

11


3. many-to-one correspondence: many words in the source language can<br />

be translated into one word in target language.<br />

4. one-to-nil correspondence: one word in the source language cannot be<br />

translated into any words in the target language. The writer may use the original word<br />

or add a definition to explain the word.<br />

5. one-to-part correspondence: one word in the source language can give<br />

only part of the meaning in the target language. For example, the word “ น้ําใจ”<br />

can<br />

be translated as “spirit” but this does not express the exact meaning of the word<br />

“น้ําใจ”.<br />

Newmark (1988) stated that lexis is a difficulty in translation. Lexis includes<br />

words, collocations and fixed phrases or idioms, neologisms and ‘unfindable’ words.<br />

The main problem in translating words is that the translator does not understand the<br />

words or she/he finds that those words are hard to translate. Normally, unfindable word<br />

can be transferred (or transliterated) with the addition of some generic information.<br />

The strategy of transliteration is to replace each SL letter unit with a TL letter<br />

(Catford, 1965)<br />

Newmark called a word in the source language which cannot be transferred to<br />

the target language as a “No-Equivalent word”. He said the translator needs to use<br />

several words to explain that one word in the form of a footnote.<br />

For technical and descriptive terms, Newmark explained that the translator may<br />

use a descriptive term for a technical object for three reasons:<br />

12


1. the object is new, and has not got a name yet.<br />

2. the descriptive term is used as a familiar alternative, to avoid repetition.<br />

3. the descriptive term is used to make a contrast with another one.<br />

Nida (1982) divided translation equivalence into two types: formal<br />

correspondence and dynamic equivalence. Formal corespondence focuses attention on<br />

the message itself, in both form and content, whereas dynamic equivalence is based on<br />

the relationship between receptor and message.<br />

Formal correspondence consists of a TL item which represents the closest<br />

equivalent of a SL word or phrase; there are not always formal equivalents between<br />

language pairs. Formal equivalents should be used wherever possible if the translation<br />

aims at achieving formal rather than dynamic equivalence. Formal correspondence is<br />

said to distort the grammatical and stylistic patterns of the receptor language, and<br />

hence can distort the message, and cause the receptor to misunderstand.<br />

Dynamic equivalence provides the translator with a theory which can deal with<br />

the cultural challenges. It is defined as a translation principle according to which a<br />

translator seeks to translate the meaning of the original message. Nida also defines the<br />

goal of dynamic equivalence as seeking ‘the closest natural equivalent to the sourcelanguage<br />

message’.<br />

Dynamic equivalence contains three terms;<br />

1. equivalent, which refers to the source-language message<br />

13


2. natural, which refers to the receptor language: a natural rendering<br />

should fit the whole target language and culture, the context of the specific message<br />

and the target language audience.<br />

3. closest, which means the word used "binds the two orientations together on<br />

the basis of the highest degree of approximation".<br />

Apart from the types of formal correspondence and dynamic equivalence in his<br />

translation equivalence theory, Nida also pointed out that a natural translation has to<br />

deal with two main areas of adaptation, namely grammar and lexicon. The<br />

grammatical adaptation takes place more readily since one is obliged to make<br />

adjustments such as shifting word order or using nouns instead of verbs in the receptor<br />

language. The lexical structure of the source message is less easily adjusted to the<br />

semantic requirements of the receptor language because there are no strict grammatical<br />

rules but a variety of options.<br />

With regard to lexis, there are three levels which the translator has to consider;<br />

1. terms for which there are many equivalents<br />

2. terms which identify culturally different objects but with similar function;<br />

the translator has to use a term which reflects the form of the referent or a term which<br />

identifies the equivalent function.<br />

3. terms which identify cultural specialities; these provide the translator with<br />

truly cultural words, which bring with them foreign associations.<br />

14


In his study, it appears that Nida is in favour of the application of dynamic<br />

equivalence as a more effective translation procedure. Thus, the product of the<br />

translation process, that is the text in the TL, must have the same impact on the<br />

different readers it is addressing. Only in Nida and Taber (1969) is it clearly stated that<br />

'dynamic equivalence in translation is far more than mere correct communication of<br />

information'. Despite using a linguistic approach to translation, Nida is much more<br />

interested in the message of the text or, in other words, in its semantic quality. He<br />

therefore strives to make sure that this message remains clear in the target text.<br />

Similar to Nida, Newmark (1988) suggested the use of the strategies of<br />

‘semantic’ and ‘communicative’ translation. The communicative translation is the<br />

same as Nida’s dynamic equivalence, while semantic translation is similar to Nida’s<br />

formal equivalence.<br />

The theory of dynamic equivalence of Nida is called by Newmark (1987)<br />

“equivalent effect or equivalent response principle”. He explained that the overriding<br />

purpose of any translation should be to achieve equivalent effect or to produce the<br />

same effect on the readership of the translation as was obtained on the readership of<br />

the original. This is the desirable result, rather than the aim of any translation. He<br />

separated the factors of translation into two cases:<br />

1. The result of the purpose of the SL text is to affect and the TL translation is<br />

to inform (or vice versa)<br />

2. There is a pronounced cultural gap between the SL and the TL text.<br />

15


Cultural Based Translation<br />

According to Larson (1984), to translate from a source language to a receptor<br />

language, a translator needs to consider both language and culture. The goal is to<br />

express the same meaning in the receptor language, and this may require forms that<br />

may be very different from those of the source text. Translation consists of lexicon,<br />

grammatical structure, communication situation, and cultural context of the source<br />

language text which has to be transferred appropriately to the receptor language and its<br />

cultural context. The process illustrated in Figure 1.<br />

Figure 1 An overview of the translation task<br />

Source: Larson (1984)<br />

One of the most difficult problems in translating is to find lexical equivalents<br />

as the words in SL and TL will not match because of the differences in geography,<br />

customs, beliefs, worldview, and various other factors. When a speaker of a source<br />

language talks about his culture, which is very different from that of speakers of the<br />

receptor language, it is necessary for the translator to find the most comprehensible<br />

way to convey the concept. There are two considerations in finding adequate lexical<br />

equivalents.<br />

16


1. If the concepts of a topic in the source language are known in the receptor<br />

language, the translator may translate by using nonliteral lexical equivalents and<br />

descriptive phrases and by using related words that are equivalents such as synonyms,<br />

doublets, generic-specific words or sometimes negating antonyms.<br />

2. When the concepts of a topic in the source language are not known in the<br />

receptor language, the translator must find an appropriate way to explain them. This<br />

means that if the objects and events in the source language are not known in the<br />

receptor language, the translator needs to find an appropriate way to refer to them as<br />

well as a way to express the concepts which are new in the receptor language. There<br />

are three basic ways that a translator may use to find an equivalent expression in the<br />

receptor lanugage. These are a generic word with a descriptive phrase, a loan word and<br />

a cultural substitute (Beekman and Callow, 1974 cited in Larson,1984)<br />

Regarding culture, Nida (1964) said that "no translation that attempts to bridge<br />

a wide cultural gap can hope to eliminate all traces of the foreign setting". He stated<br />

that “it is inevitable that when source and receptor languages represent very different<br />

cultures there should be many basic themes and accounts which cannot be<br />

‘naturalized’ by the process of translating”.<br />

In his later study, Nida (1994) further states regarding cultural functions of<br />

translation that “It is true that translation and interpretation of the source and target<br />

languages must be implicitly or explicitly compared, but all such inter-lingual<br />

communication extends far beyond the mechanics of linguistic similarities and<br />

contrasts”. One of the main reasons for this is that the meaning of verbal symbols on<br />

any and every level depends on the culture of the language community. Language is a<br />

part of culture, and in fact, it is the most complex set of habits that any culture exhibits.<br />

17


Language reflects the culture, provides access to the culture, and in many respects<br />

constitutes a model of the culture.<br />

For Nida, the success of translation depends on achieving equivalent response.<br />

It is one of the following ‘four basic requirements of a translation, which are:<br />

1. making sense<br />

2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original<br />

3. having a natural and easy form of expression<br />

4. producing a similar response<br />

Relevant Research<br />

So far no research on an analysis of English lexical terms of Thai classical<br />

music has been conducted. However, there are some studies of music and translation<br />

as follows:<br />

A study of music translation<br />

Wichaidist (1997) studied Western musical instrument translation in Thai<br />

music publishing. The names of about 33 Western musical instruments were gathered<br />

from ten current music appreciation books and were analyzed from both the linguistic<br />

and the sociolinguistic points of view, focusing on the translation strategies and the<br />

most frequently used strategies.<br />

18


The results indicated that there is not any set standard for Western music<br />

instrument terms. She found that technical terms have been mainly used in two ways:<br />

direct borrowings by transliteration and coining of new words for 17 categories.<br />

In her study, she also mentioned the problems of general translation and music<br />

translation of Pinitpouvadol (1986) who stated that there are a lot of problems in music<br />

translation. The translator needs to have the following qualifications: knowledge, skill,<br />

meticulousness, improvisation, harmony and logical concepts. The major problems are<br />

the problems of language, the problems of general knowledge and the problems of<br />

publishing and market.<br />

Moreover, Leosiripong (1995) suggested that Thai translators can solve music<br />

translation problems by using a dictionary and direct transliterations.<br />

Wisedsook (2002) studied techniques in translating of song lyrics in animated<br />

films from English into Thai. The translating was done by by Tanee Poonsuwan. The<br />

data was twenty-six original lyrics and their Thai translations from four animated<br />

films, “Anatasia”, “Hercules”, “The Little Mermaid”, and “The Prince Of Egypt”.<br />

The results showed that the translation techniques applied by the translator<br />

were both literal and free translation. There are three musical factors that influenced<br />

the translation, which are the relation of music and lyrics, rhyme, and the tone of<br />

songs.<br />

19


A Study of Cultural Based Translation<br />

Kaewsuwan (1998) analyzed culture-based text translation from Thai into<br />

English. The study investigated the patterns of word, sentence and text level<br />

translations presently used in culture-based text translations from Thai into English in<br />

which Thai traditions were analyzed, compared and classified according to the theories<br />

of semantics, syntax, text analysis and translation. The subjects used in this study were<br />

13 articles on Thai traditions in life printed in Thai and English versions in Kinnaree<br />

Magazine from 1995 to 1997. The contents were concerned with religion, beliefs and<br />

values, which are major components of Thai culture.<br />

Thirty-one translation patterns classified by using the lexical equivalents<br />

proposed by Larson (1984). The researcher found interesting and unexpected<br />

problems: differing roles of the translator and the researcher, ambiguities of language<br />

used in the original and inappropriate words in the original.<br />

Studies of Thai to English Translation<br />

Meemeskul-Martin (1984) studied the translation process from Thai to English<br />

and from English to Thai in the research entitled “Towards a Descriptive Model of<br />

Thai-English Translation”. She discussed the translation process related to problems in<br />

Thai – English translation. The problems were at both the sentence and word levels.<br />

From her observations, the Thai grammatical notion of sentence has not been<br />

standardized and does not match that in English. This causes problems and difficulties<br />

in translation. Her results showed that the most suitable model of linguistic description<br />

for comparing of English and Thai as background translation is the logico-semantic<br />

model applied from Leech’s “Predication Analysis” (1974).<br />

20


The Conclusions<br />

The researcher was inspired to do an analysis of Thai music technical terms<br />

after reading all translation strategies and relevant research, especially “The Analysis<br />

of Western Musical Instrument Technical Terminology Translation in Thai Music<br />

Publishing” by Wichaidist (1997). She focused on the translation of the names of<br />

Western musical instruments used in the symphony orchestra, from English into Thai.<br />

Her study is based on the strategy of Songsil (1983) which stated that in the<br />

translation methods in Thai publications, there are two ways of dealing with English<br />

loan word: transliterating and coining. Adapting her study, the translation of Thai<br />

music terms, from Thai into English, was studied. Three categories of terms were<br />

studied: The names of instruments, the names of ensembles, and the names of the types<br />

of instruments. These were collected from the five books. Moreover, the description of<br />

each instrument, ensemble, and type was analyzed.<br />

Since the study aims to survey and to analyze the strategies which the writers<br />

of the five books used for presenting technical terms of Thai classical music, the<br />

analysis was based on translation theories which deal with translation at the lexical<br />

level. The terms used in the data analysis are the following:<br />

1. Translation: to translate from source language into target language<br />

2. Transliteration: representing word from the source language with<br />

combinations of letters of the target language<br />

21


3. Descriptive phrases<br />

3.1 Generic word: translating specific words by using general terms<br />

3.2 Specific word: translating general words by using specific terms<br />

4. Cultural substitute: using a word in the target language of an item which<br />

may be similar in appearance and function.<br />

The above topics are discussed by the authorities in translation: Catford (1965),<br />

and Beekman and Callow (1974) cited in Larson (1984). However, the researcher<br />

found that there are some other strategies that the writers of the five books have used<br />

to present technical terms of Thai classical music. Therefore the researcher has used<br />

the following list of these strategies, and will include them in the data analysis table:<br />

1. Partial translation: translating only some part of word from the source<br />

language with letters of the target langauge<br />

For example: เครื่องดีด<br />

= plucked<br />

Explanation: The translator omitted the word “เครื่อง”<br />

and translated only the word<br />

“ดีด” as “plucked”<br />

2. Partial transliteration: replacing only some letters of a word from the<br />

source language with letters of the language<br />

For example: พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

= phia<br />

Explanation: The translator omitted the word “พิณ” and transliterated only the word<br />

“เพี๊ยะ”<br />

as “phia”<br />

22


3. Descriptive phrases<br />

3.1 Modifers<br />

3.1.1 Type: whether that instrument is stringed, plucked, bowed, etc.<br />

3.1.2 Shape: physical appearance of instrument (long, thin, stick, etc.)<br />

3.1.3 Size: whether the instrument is big, small or medium sized<br />

3.1.4 Sound: whether the instrument produces high pitch or low pitch<br />

3.1.5 Material: whether the instrument is made of metal, wood, etc<br />

3.1.6 Number: the number of the parts that make up the instrument<br />

(two stringed fiddle…,etc<br />

3.1.7 Hyphenated: hyphenated modifers<br />

3.2 Similar Western instrument: when the Thai instrument is compared<br />

with a Western instrument<br />

3.3 Implement used in playing: things which are used for playing the<br />

musical instruments (drum beaters, mallets)<br />

23


3.4 Ensemble in which used: name of ensembles in which used<br />

3.5 Component instruments (for ensembles): name of instruments which<br />

are used in the ensemble<br />

ensembles<br />

3.6 Component ensembles (for ensembles): the combination of the<br />

3.7 Occasion played: occasions or ceremonies in which the musical<br />

instruments are played<br />

3.8 Origin of name (ensemble): the original language or place from which<br />

that ensemble came<br />

3.9 Origin of name (ensemble): the original language or place from which<br />

that ensemble came<br />

supported<br />

3.10 Position in ensemble: where it is in ensemble and how it is<br />

3.11 Other names: the instruments or ensembles that have more<br />

than one name<br />

3.12 Function: function in an ensemble<br />

3.13 How played: how the instrument is played<br />

24


3.14 Region where played: the region in which the instrument is played<br />

3.15 Age: the age of an instrument or ensemble<br />

3.16 Reference to other instruments: reference is made to other Thai or<br />

non-Thai instruments<br />

Instrument<br />

3.17 Part of instruments: things that are combined together to form an<br />

3.18 About players: mentioning the players in the following aspects (not<br />

played by females, played by a single musician)<br />

3.19 Citation: referring to other books<br />

The table which will be used to analyze technical terms of Thai classical<br />

music will consist of the descriptive strategies above. The design of the table will be<br />

discussed in the next chapter.<br />

25


CHAPTER III<br />

METHODOLOGY<br />

Since the objectives of this research are to survey and collect the English terms<br />

of Thai music used by prominent writers and study the strategies they used in<br />

presenting Thai music in English, quantitative techniques are used in conducting this<br />

study. The procedures are divided into the following stages: research design, data<br />

collection procedure, data analysis, and reliability assurance.<br />

Research Design<br />

The researcher decided to focus on Thai music translation and used the search<br />

engines of several universities and institutes to find the books on Thai music written in<br />

English. Finally, five books were chosen since they could be easily found at those<br />

universities and institutes and contained the most data to serve the purposes of this<br />

study. Words in these books which were also found in Saranukromsapdontrithai<br />

were picked out and classified into three categories: names of Thai musical<br />

instruments, names of Thai musical ensembles, and names of types of Thai musical<br />

instruments. Then these words were analyzed based on the strategy of transliteration<br />

by Catford (1965), and the strategy of translation equivalence by Beekman and Callow<br />

(1974 cited in Larson, 1984). In addition, it was found that the writers of the five<br />

books also used some other strategies in presenting terms of Thai music. Therefore,<br />

these strategies were also included in the data analysis tables. After that, the researcher<br />

counted the frequencies of occurrence of each type of strategy and identified the<br />

strategies which were most used by the five writers.


Data Collection Procedure<br />

1. After using search engines to find Thai music books written in English in<br />

the libraries of the following institutions: Chulalongkorn University, Thammasart<br />

University, Kasetsart University, Mahidol University, The National Institute of<br />

Development Administration and The National library and the research center, the<br />

researcher decided to collect the data from the works listed below:<br />

1.1 Morton, David. 1976. The Traditional Music of Thailand. Los<br />

Angeles: Institute of Ethnomusicology, UCLA.<br />

1.2 Myer, Moro. 1998. Thai Music and Musicians in Contemporary<br />

Bangkok. Los Angeles: Institute of Ethnomusicology, UCLA.<br />

1.3 Phra Chen Duriyanga. 1968. Thai Music. Bangkok<br />

1.4 Pradipasen, Pradhak. 1976. Thai Classical Music. Bangkok<br />

1.5 Yupho, Dhanit. 1987. Thai Musical Instruments. Bangkok<br />

The data were collected from these five books because the author of each of<br />

these books is a well-known authority on Thai music and the books presented general<br />

information on Thai music. The words in the chapters which deal with Thai music<br />

instruments, Thai music ensembles, and types of Thai music instruments and also<br />

which were equivalent to those found in Saranukromsapdontrithai [Dictionary of<br />

Thai Music (in Thai)] were picked out and analyzed<br />

27


The first book was written by Morton when he came to study Thai traditional<br />

music in Thailand from 1958 to 1960 and deals with the history, musical instruments,<br />

tuning systems, melodies, rhythms, tempos, ensembles, and aspects of mode, form, and<br />

compositional techniques.<br />

The musical terms were taken from Chapter Two, in which Morton described<br />

Thai music instruments, Thai music ensembles, and types of Thai music. In the<br />

glossary section Morton also gave the phonetic symbols after each musical term to<br />

help readers pronounce them correctly. However, these symbols are not included in the<br />

study. The total number of terms collected from this book was 67 names of<br />

instruments, 20 names of ensembles, and six types of instruments.<br />

The second book was written by Myers after investigation of the classical<br />

tradition of music in Thailand in 1985-6. The contents consist of an introduction to<br />

Thai music, musical instruments, an overview of Bangkok and the Thai nation,<br />

ensembles, songs, and Thai conceptions of music, its forms, structure and elements.<br />

Moreover, the social organization and schools of musicians are also discussed. All the<br />

terms for this study were taken from Chapter Three. The total number of terms was 53<br />

names of instruments, 17 names of ensembles, and five names of types of instruments.<br />

The third book was written by Phra Chen Duriyanga, a professor of Music of<br />

the Fine Arts Department, Bangkok. This book was first published in 1948. The writer<br />

divided it into three parts: 1) the technique of Thai music in relation to Western music,<br />

2) the Piphat band and its instruments, and 3) scale, score, and pitch. In addition, lists<br />

of Thai instruments and their equivalents among the Western instruments are given.<br />

The terms were taken from the second part and totaled 15 names of instruments, one<br />

name of an ensemble, and four names of types of instruments.<br />

28


The fourth book is a translation of the “Soam Song Sang” written by Tramod.<br />

It was translated by Pradipasen, Head of the Western Music Section, Music and Drama<br />

Division, Fine Arts Department, in 1976. The characteristics of Thai music, families of<br />

instruments, scale, ensembles, performing procedure, and classification of Thai music<br />

are presented. The total number of terms collected was 26 names of instruments, 12<br />

names of ensembles, and two names of types of instruments.<br />

The last book was published in 1987 on the occasion of the Eightieth Birthday<br />

Anniversary of Dhanit Yupho, who had been the Director-General of the Fine Arts<br />

Department from 1956 to 1968. The book was translated by David Morton.<br />

Yupho’s book describes the history of Thai music and Thai music instruments.<br />

Transliteration strategies and full descriptions of the exact shape and characteristics of<br />

each instrument were used in presenting terms. The total number of terms obtained<br />

from this book was 82 names of instruments, 13 names of ensembles, and six types of<br />

instruments.<br />

2. The researcher looked for the Thai music terms in the five selected books<br />

and made lists of names of Thai musical instruments, Thai musical ensembles, and<br />

types of Thai musical instruments. The words collected are presented in Thai<br />

alphabetical order in <strong>Table</strong>s 1, 2, and 3. The abbreviations below are used to represent<br />

each book.<br />

2.1 TMT stands for The Traditional Music of Thailand by David<br />

Morton. 1976<br />

29


2.2 TMMC stands for Thai Music and Musicians in Contemporary<br />

Bangkok by Moro Myer. 1998<br />

2.3 TM stands for Thai Music by Phra Chen Duriyanga. 1968<br />

2.4 TCM stands for Thai Classical Music by Pradhak Pradipasen. 1976.<br />

2.5 TMI stands for Thai Musical Instruments by Dhanit Yupho. 1987.<br />

<strong>Table</strong> 1 Names of Thai Musical Instruments<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

<strong>Table</strong> 2 Names of Thai Musical Ensembles<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

<strong>Table</strong> 3 Names of types of Thai Musical Instruments.<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

30


Data Analysis<br />

The collected terms of Thai music were divided into three different categories:<br />

names of Thai musical instruments, names of Thai musical ensembles and names of<br />

types of Thai musical instruments. Each category was analyzed separately. The<br />

analyses are presented in <strong>Table</strong>s 4, 5, and 6<br />

31


<strong>Table</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 Thai 4 musical Thai Musical instrumentsInstruments<br />

Explaination of<br />

description and picture<br />

Description strategies<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

A ge<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Another name added<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name (instrument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar W estern instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly<br />

transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Modifiers<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

32


<strong>Table</strong> 5 Thai 5 Thai musical Musical ensembles Ensembles<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

Description strategies<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

A ge<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component<br />

instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

Transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

33


<strong>Table</strong> 6 6 Types Types of Thai of Thai musical Musical instruments Instruments<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies Explanation<br />

Translation of description and picture<br />

Partial translation+material<br />

Translation+type<br />

Translation+material<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Transliteration<br />

34


Since this study focused on analyzing the translation equivalence of technical<br />

terms and specific words in Thai music books, the analysis was based on the<br />

translation equivalence theory of Catford (1965) which explained the transliteration<br />

theory, and the theory of Beekman and Callow (1974 cited in Larson, 1984) which<br />

discussed the following ways for finding adequate equivalents:<br />

1. Using nonliteral lexical equivalents, descriptive phrases and related<br />

words as equivalents which includes the strategies of synonyms, doublets, genericspecific<br />

words or sometimes using negating antonyms for translating a word which is<br />

known in the receptor language.<br />

2. Using three basic ways to find an equivalent expression: a generic<br />

word with a descriptive phrase, a loan word, and a cultural substitute (Beckman and<br />

Callow 1974) for a word which is not known in the receptor language.<br />

After the names of Thai musical instruments, Thai musical ensembles and<br />

types of Thai musical instruments had been analyzed, based on the theory reviewed in<br />

the second chapter, the researcher counted the frequencies of occurrence of each type<br />

of strategies and identified the strategies which were most used by the five writers.<br />

Next, the researcher compared and counted the terms each writer used to represent<br />

each Thai word to find out how many words differ and how they differ: two out of four<br />

or five books counted as “different”.<br />

35


Reliability Assurance<br />

To ensure the reliability of the analysis, the research tools were presented to<br />

three advisors which consisted of both native and non-native speakers of English from<br />

the Department of Foreign Languages and a non-native speaker from the Department<br />

of Linguistics. The analysis tables ,the use of language, and the analysis of lexical<br />

translation equivalence were discussed and revised according to suggestions from all<br />

advisors.<br />

36


CHAPTER IV<br />

RESULTS<br />

This chapter is divided into two parts. The first section presents the English<br />

terms of Thai music. The second section discusses the strategies which the writers used<br />

in presenting technical terms of Thai music in English<br />

The Findings on English Terms of Thai Music.<br />

This part presents English terms found in each book.<br />

<strong>Table</strong> 7 The number of English terms for Thai musical instruments, ensembles, and<br />

types of instruments collected from the five books and in<br />

Saranukromsapdontrithai [Dictionary of Thai Music (in Thai)]<br />

Terms Saranukrom<br />

sapdontrithai<br />

Thai musical<br />

89<br />

instruments<br />

Thai musical<br />

ensembles<br />

30<br />

TMT TMMC TM TCM TMI<br />

67<br />

20<br />

53<br />

17<br />

15<br />

1<br />

26<br />

12<br />

82<br />

13


<strong>Table</strong> 7 (Continued)<br />

Terms Saranukrom<br />

sapdontrithai<br />

Types of Thai musical 10<br />

instruments<br />

Total<br />

129<br />

TMT TMMC TM TCM TMI<br />

In <strong>Table</strong> 7, the terms from the five books are divided into three categories:<br />

names of Thai musical instruments, name of Thai musical ensemble, and names of<br />

types of Thai musical instruments. The number of words collected from each of the<br />

five books is as follows:<br />

1. 93 words from TMT (The Traditional Music of Thailand), 67 of which<br />

were names of Thai musical instruments, 20 were names of Thai musical ensembles,<br />

and 10 were names of types of Thai musical instruments.<br />

2. 75 words from TMMC (Thai Music and Musicians in Contemporary<br />

Bangkok), 53 of which were names of Thai musical instruments, 17 were names of<br />

Thai musical ensembles, and five were names of types of Thai musical instruments.<br />

3. 20 words from TM (Thai Music), 15 of which were names of Thai<br />

musical instruments, one was a name of a Thai musical ensemble, and four were<br />

names of types of Thai musical instruments.<br />

6<br />

93<br />

5<br />

75<br />

4<br />

20<br />

2<br />

39<br />

6<br />

101<br />

38


4. 40 words from TCM (Thai Classical Music), 26 of which were names of<br />

Thai musical instruments, 12 were names of Thai musical ensembles, and two were<br />

names of types of Thai musical instruments.<br />

5. 101 words from TMI (Thai Musical Instruments), 82 of which were<br />

names of Thai musical instruments, 13 were names of Thai musical ensembles, and six<br />

were names of types of Thai musical instruments.<br />

Strategies Used by Writers in Presenting English Terms of Thai Music<br />

This section discusses the strategies that all writers used to present English<br />

terms of Thai music. These strategies are categorized into two groups: word translation<br />

strategies and description strategies. The latter is the description of the instrument,<br />

ensemble or type of instrument after each English term.<br />

<strong>Table</strong> 8 Frequency of occurrence of the all strategies that each writer used for<br />

presenting English terms of Thai music instruments.<br />

Strategies<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

- Transliteration<br />

- Partial transliteration<br />

- Transliteration +<br />

cultural substitute<br />

- Translation + cultural<br />

substitute<br />

39<br />

Sources<br />

TMT TMMC TM TCM TMI<br />

65<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

51<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

10<br />

2<br />

3<br />

0<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

3<br />

80<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0


<strong>Table</strong> 8 (Continued)<br />

Strategies<br />

- Cultural substitute<br />

Total<br />

Description strategies<br />

- Modifiers<br />

- Type<br />

- Shape<br />

- Size<br />

- Sound<br />

- Material<br />

- Number<br />

- Hyphenated<br />

- Translation<br />

- Partial translation<br />

- Transliteration<br />

- Partial transliteration<br />

- Cultural substitute<br />

- Generic word<br />

- Specific word<br />

- Similar Western instrument<br />

40<br />

Sources<br />

TMT TMMC TM TCM TMI<br />

0 0 0 2 0<br />

67<br />

15<br />

35<br />

19<br />

5<br />

17<br />

19<br />

38<br />

21<br />

0<br />

7<br />

2<br />

55<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

53<br />

6<br />

32<br />

10<br />

9<br />

17<br />

19<br />

26<br />

15<br />

3<br />

5<br />

1<br />

41<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

15<br />

0<br />

7<br />

6<br />

4<br />

4<br />

1<br />

5<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

8<br />

0<br />

0<br />

13<br />

25<br />

5<br />

0<br />

5<br />

2<br />

5<br />

4<br />

5<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

11<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

82<br />

2<br />

1<br />

5<br />

0<br />

2<br />

4<br />

3<br />

9<br />

0<br />

4<br />

5<br />

17<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0


<strong>Table</strong> 8 (Continued)<br />

Strategies<br />

- Implement used in playing<br />

- Ensemble in which used<br />

- Occasion played<br />

- Origin of name (instrument)<br />

- Position in ensemble<br />

- Other names<br />

- Function<br />

- How played<br />

- Region where played<br />

- Age<br />

- Reference to other<br />

instruments<br />

- Part of instruments<br />

- About players<br />

- Citation<br />

41<br />

Sources<br />

TMT TMMC TM TCM TMI<br />

1 8 0 0 0<br />

3 33 0 0 0<br />

1 11 0 0 0<br />

11 3 0 0 2<br />

15 13 1 0 0<br />

4 4 4 0 3<br />

1 19 1 2 0<br />

1 4 0 0 0<br />

2 3 0 0 0<br />

4 1 0 0 0<br />

5 16 0 0 0<br />

<strong>Table</strong> 8 shows the frequency of occurrence of all strategies that each writer<br />

used for presenting English terms of Thai music; it was found that five strategies were<br />

used for word translation. Transliteration was the strategy used the most in every<br />

book: 65 words in TMT, 51 words in TMMC, 10 words in TM, 20 words in TCM, and<br />

80 words in TMI.<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

6<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0


The strategy that was used the second most was the strategy of partial<br />

transliteration: two words each in TMT, TMMC, TM, and TMI. The strategy of<br />

translation + cultural substitute was represented by three words in TM, the strategy of<br />

translation + cultural substitute by three words in TCM, and the strategy of cultural<br />

substitute by two words in TCM.<br />

The description strategies can be divided into 23 categories. In presenting short<br />

descriptions, the following strategies: translation, cultural substitute, size, material,<br />

number, and hyphenated modifiers were used by all writers. The results show that the<br />

strategy of cultural substitute was used the most. The number of occurrences was 55<br />

words in TMT, 41 words in TMMC, eight words in TM, 11 words in TCM, and 17<br />

words in TMI.<br />

The strategy that was used the second most was hyphenated modifier. There<br />

were 38 words in TMT, 26 words in TMMC, five words in TM, five words in TCM,<br />

and three words in TMI. Moreover, description of shape was employed the third most:<br />

15 words in TMT, six words in TMMC, five words in TCM, and two words in TMI.<br />

The use of generic and specific word was employed the least: there was a generic word<br />

in TMT, and a specific word in TMI.<br />

Besides these, a mistransliteration was found in TCM. The word “กลองแขก”<br />

was mistransliterated as “glong tahd”<br />

The word translation strategies and short description are listed as follows:<br />

42


Word Translation Strategies<br />

Examples<br />

1. Transliteration<br />

TMT ระนาดทุม<br />

ranat thum<br />

TMMC ระนาดทุม<br />

ranaat thum<br />

TM ระนาดทุม<br />

ranad thume<br />

TCM ระนาดทุม<br />

ranad toom<br />

TMI ระนาดทุม<br />

rana-t thum<br />

2. Partial transliteration<br />

TMT พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

phia<br />

TMMC ฆองมอญวงเล็ก khaung maun lek<br />

TM ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

thume lek<br />

TMI ซอสามสายหลีบ saw-li-p<br />

3. Transliteration + cultural substitute<br />

TM ฆองวงใหญ gong wong yai<br />

Remarks: The word “gong” is normally categorized as cultural substitute strategy<br />

but in this case, it may be counted as transliteration strategy because the modifier<br />

“wong yai” is put after the word “gong”, similar to the word order in Thai structure, in<br />

which normally the modifiers are put after nouns.<br />

43


4. Translation + cultural substitute<br />

TCM ฆองวงเล็ก small gong set<br />

5. Cultural substitute<br />

TCM ฉาบเล็ก cymbals<br />

Description Strategies<br />

Examples<br />

1. TMT: พิณ phin (stick zither with one string and a half-gourd<br />

resonator; India, from Sanskrit: Indian names for a plucked lute: vina (south India)<br />

and bina (north India) (p. 45)<br />

Strategies Used in Describing<br />

Modifiers<br />

Type: stick, plucked<br />

Shape: half<br />

Material: gourd resonator<br />

Number: one string<br />

Hyphenated: half-gourd<br />

Cultural substitute: zither, lute<br />

Origin of name/instrument: India, from Sanskrit<br />

Reference to other instruments: vina (south India) and bina (north<br />

India)<br />

44


2. TMMC: กลองแขก (cylindrical, two-headed drums held horizontally<br />

across performers’ laps. Leather heads are laced on. Played in pairs by two performers.<br />

Commonly substituted for taphoon in piiphaat ensembles and thoon/rammanaa in<br />

mahoorii and khrung saay ensembles)<br />

(p. 471)<br />

Strategies Used in Describing<br />

Modifiers<br />

Shape: cylindrical<br />

Material : leather<br />

Number : pair, two<br />

Hyphenated : two-headed<br />

Cultural substitute: drum<br />

Ensemble in which used: …piiphaat ensembles, mahoorii<br />

and khruang saay ensembles<br />

Position in ensemble: horizontally across performers’<br />

laps<br />

Function: substitute for taphoon…and<br />

thoon/rammanaa…<br />

Reference to other instruments: taphoon…and thoon/rammanaa…<br />

About players: …played in pairs by two<br />

performers<br />

3. TM: ระนาดทุ<br />

ม ranad thume or thume mai (Approximate equivalents<br />

among the Western instrument; Alto Xylophone with wooden-resonance bars or<br />

Marimba) (p.36)<br />

45


Strategies Used in Describing<br />

Modifiers<br />

Shape: bars<br />

Sound: alto<br />

Material: wooden<br />

Hyphenated : wooden-resonance<br />

Similar Western instrument: Xylophone, Marimba<br />

Other names: thume mai<br />

4. TCM: ซอสามสายหลีบ saw sam sai lib (a smaller three-string fiddle with<br />

higher pitches) (p. 27)<br />

Strategies Used in Describing<br />

Modifiers<br />

Type: string<br />

Size: smaller<br />

Sound: higher pitches<br />

Hyphenated : three-string<br />

Translation: three-string<br />

Cultural substitute: fiddle<br />

5. TMI: ฉาบ cha-p (a pair of small metal cymbals) (p. 24)<br />

46


Strategies Used in Describing<br />

Modifiers<br />

Size: small<br />

Material: metal<br />

Number: pair<br />

Cultural substitute: cymbals<br />

<strong>Table</strong> 9 Frequency of occurrence of all strategies that each writer used for presenting<br />

English terms of Thai music ensembles.<br />

Strategies<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

- Transliteration<br />

- Partial transliteration<br />

- Translation<br />

- Transliteration+translation<br />

-Transliteration<br />

+translation+size<br />

- Partialtransliteration<br />

+partial translation<br />

- Partial transliteration+age<br />

- Used both transliteration<br />

and partial transliteration<br />

Total<br />

Sources<br />

TMT TMMC TM TCM TMI<br />

0<br />

8<br />

0<br />

7<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

20<br />

7<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

5<br />

17<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

8<br />

0<br />

1<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

12<br />

0<br />

6<br />

0<br />

7<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

13<br />

47


<strong>Table</strong> 9 (Continued)<br />

Strategies<br />

Description strategies<br />

- Modifiers<br />

Type<br />

Size<br />

Hyphenated<br />

- Translation<br />

- Partial translation<br />

- Transliteration<br />

- Partial transliteration<br />

- Component instruments (for<br />

ensembles)<br />

- Component ensembles (for<br />

ensembles)<br />

- Occasion played<br />

- Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

- Other names<br />

- Age<br />

- Comparison to other<br />

ensembles<br />

- Citation<br />

Sources<br />

TMT TMMC TM TCM TMI<br />

0<br />

2<br />

1<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

1<br />

4<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

3<br />

4<br />

4<br />

5<br />

8<br />

0<br />

4<br />

8<br />

1<br />

6<br />

1<br />

0<br />

1<br />

1<br />

3<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

3<br />

2<br />

0<br />

2<br />

4<br />

0<br />

0<br />

6<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

48


<strong>Table</strong> 9 shows the frequency of occurrence of all strategies which each writer<br />

used for presenting English terms of Thai music ensembles. For word translation,<br />

eight strategies were found. They are transliteration, partial transliteration, translation,<br />

transliteration + translation, transliteration + translation + size, partial transliteration +<br />

partial translation, partial transliteration+ age, and the use of both transliteration and<br />

partial transliteration. In terms of description strategies, there were13 strategies,<br />

namely translation, partial translation, transliteration, partial transliteration, modifiers,<br />

component instruments (for ensembles), component ensembles (for ensembles),<br />

occasion played, origin of name (ensemble), other names, age, comparison to other<br />

ensembles, and citation.<br />

The findings show that the strategy of partial transliteration was most used in<br />

representing words: eight words in TMT, five in TMMC, and six in TMI, the strategy<br />

that was used the second most was the strategy of transliteration + translation: seven<br />

words was TMT, one in TM, two in TCM, and seven in TMI. The strategy used the<br />

third most is the strategy of transliteration: seven words in TMMC and eight in TCM.<br />

And the strategy of translation was used the least: there was only one word in TCM.<br />

In giving short descriptions, component instruments was used the most. The<br />

number of occurrences was four words in TMT, eight in TMMC, six in TCM and on in<br />

TMI. The second most used was the strategy of partial translation: there were four<br />

such words in TMT, eight in TMMC, and four words in TCM. The strategy of<br />

translation was used the third most: there were five translations of words in TMT and<br />

TMMC, two in TCM and one in TMI. The identification of the component ensemble<br />

(for ensembles) and the statement of the origin of the name (ensemble) were used the<br />

least: only one example was found, and that was in TMMC.<br />

49


Word Translation Strategies<br />

Examples<br />

1. Transliteration<br />

TMMC วงปพาทยชาตรี<br />

wong piiphaat<br />

chaatrii<br />

TCM วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

wong pi-phat, khre-a-ng<br />

ha<br />

2. Partial transliteration<br />

TMT วงเครื่องสาย<br />

khruang sai<br />

TMMC วงมโหรี mahori<br />

TMI วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

pi-pha-t derk dam-ban<br />

3. Translation<br />

TCM วงเครื่องสาย<br />

the string ensemble<br />

4. Transliteration+ translation<br />

TMT วงกลองแขก klong khaek ensemble<br />

TM วงปพาทย<br />

piphat band<br />

TCM วงมโหรี the mahori ensemble<br />

TMI วงปพาทยชาตรี<br />

pi- pha-t cha-tri ensemble<br />

<br />

5. Transliteration+ translation+ size<br />

TMT วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

medium-sized or double<br />

khruangsai ensemble<br />

50


6. Partial transliteration + partial translation<br />

TMT วงปพาทยอยางเบา<br />

light pi phat<br />

่<br />

่<br />

7. Partial transliteration+ age<br />

TMT วงมโหรีเครื่องสี<br />

original mahori<br />

TCM วงมโหรีเครื่องสี<br />

wong mahori boran or<br />

ancient mahori<br />

8. Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

TMMC วงขับไม khap may or wong khap<br />

may<br />

Description Strategies<br />

Examples<br />

1. TMT: วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

(medium-sized or doubled ensemble, a pair of<br />

instruments, medium-sized or doubled piphat ensemble) (p. 105, 107)<br />

Strategies Used in Describing<br />

Modifiers<br />

Size: medium<br />

Hyphenated : medium-sized<br />

Translation: doubled, a pair, ensemble<br />

Transliteration: piphat<br />

51


2. TMMC: วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

(the Mon-derived ensemble (which shares certain<br />

similarities to Burmese ensembles) commonly played at cremation ceremonies.<br />

Features Mon-derived versions of the regular piiphaat instruments, plus the set of<br />

tuned drums, peeng maang khauk)<br />

(p. 486)<br />

Strategies Used in Describing<br />

Modifiers<br />

Hyphenated : Mon-derived<br />

Translation: Mon<br />

Component instrumets : …plus the set of tuned drum,<br />

peeng maang khauk<br />

Occasion played: …played at cremation ceremonies<br />

Comparison to other ensembles: …similaritities to Burmese<br />

ensembles<br />

3. TCM: วงเครื่องสายวงเล็ก<br />

( small string ensemble; one instrument of each<br />

kind only is used comparable to the pi-phat khre-a-ng ha)<br />

Strategies Used in Describing<br />

Translation: small string ensemble<br />

Component instruments: one instrument of each kind only<br />

is used comparable to pi-phat<br />

khre-a-ng ha<br />

52


Comparison to other ensemble: one instrument of each kind only<br />

is used comparable to pi-phat<br />

khre-a-ng ha<br />

4. TMI : วงมโหรี (mixed string and percussion)ensemble (p.43,47)<br />

Strategies Used in Describing<br />

Component instruments: mixed string and percussion<br />

<strong>Table</strong> 10 Frequency of occurrence of all strategies that each writer used for presenting<br />

English terms of types of Thai music.<br />

Strategies<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

- Transliteration<br />

- Translation<br />

- Partial translation<br />

- Translation+material<br />

- Translation+type<br />

- Partial translation+material<br />

Total<br />

Description strategies<br />

Translation<br />

Sources<br />

TMT TMMC TM TCM TMI<br />

0<br />

3<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

6<br />

0<br />

4<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

5<br />

4<br />

0<br />

3<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

4<br />

0<br />

0<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

3<br />

0<br />

1<br />

2<br />

0<br />

6<br />

0<br />

53


<strong>Table</strong> 10 shows the frequency of occurrence of all strategies that each writer<br />

used for presenting English terms for the types of Thai musical instruments. Six<br />

strategies: transliteration, translation, translation + material, translation + type, and<br />

partial translation + material, were used for presenting words, and only one strategy –<br />

translation- was used in short description. The findings show that the strategy of<br />

translation was used for representing words the most; there were three such words in<br />

TMT, three in TM, two in TCM, and three words in TMI.<br />

The strategy of transliteration was used the second most: four words in TMMC.<br />

And the strategy used the third most was partial translation: two words in TMT and<br />

one in TMMC.<br />

As to description strategies, the strategy of translation was used the most: four<br />

words in TMMC.<br />

Word Translation Strategies<br />

Examples<br />

1. Transliteration<br />

TMMC เครื่องดีด<br />

khruang diit<br />

2. Translation<br />

TMT เครื่องสาย<br />

stringed instruments<br />

TM เครื่องตี<br />

percussion section<br />

TCM เครื่องดําเนินทํานอง<br />

melodic percussion<br />

TMI เครื่องตี<br />

percussion instruments<br />

54


3. Partial translation<br />

TMT เครื่องดีด<br />

plucked<br />

TMMC เครื่องสาย<br />

strings<br />

4. Translation+ material<br />

TM เครื่องเปา<br />

wood-wind section<br />

TMI เครื่องหนัง<br />

percussion instruments<br />

using skin or leather<br />

5. Partial translation+ material<br />

TMT เครื่องเปา<br />

woodwinds<br />

6. Translation+ type<br />

TMI เครื่องดีด<br />

plucked stringed<br />

instruments<br />

Description Strategies<br />

Example<br />

1. Translation<br />

TMMC เครื่องดีด<br />

plucked instruments<br />

From all the findings, it can be concluded that the strategies most used in<br />

representing words are transliteration, partial transliteration, and translation. Moreover,<br />

the strategies most used for short descriptions are cultural substitute, partial translation,<br />

and translation.<br />

55


Moreover, the representations of Thai names of instruments, ensembles and<br />

types of instruments taken from the five books were compared to find the differences<br />

in detail. It was found that the representations of 63 out of 89 names of Thai<br />

instruments differed in terms of the system of romanization although the same<br />

translation strategy, namely, transliteration, was used; an example is the word<br />

“กระจับป”<br />

(as shown in <strong>Appendix</strong> B <strong>Table</strong> 4, page 125)<br />

Whereas the representations of nine out of 89 names of Thai musical<br />

instruments were totally different. The translation strategies differed as well as the<br />

system of romanization; an example is the word “ซอสามสายหลีบ” (as shown in<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> B <strong>Table</strong> 4, page 133)<br />

As for Thai musical ensembles, 14 out of 30 representations totally differed in<br />

terms of the translation strategies and the system of romanization; an example is the<br />

word “วงเครื่องสาย”<br />

(as shown in <strong>Appendix</strong> B <strong>Table</strong> 5, page 195-196), whereas eight<br />

names out of 30 differed in terms of the system of romanization, but the translation<br />

strategies are similar.<br />

Concerning the representation of the types of Thai musical instruments, fives<br />

names out of ten were also totally different strategy and system of Romanization; an<br />

example is the word “เครื่องดีด”<br />

(as shown in <strong>Appendix</strong> B <strong>Table</strong> 6, page 210).<br />

However, for three names the same strategies and the same system of romanization<br />

were used.<br />

56


In conclusion, this chapter has presented two main sections: 1) numbers of<br />

terms for Thai musical instruments, ensembles, and types of instruments and 2) the<br />

strategies which each writer used in presenting terms of Thai music in English. The<br />

significant issues of these results are discussed in the next chapter.<br />

57


CHAPTER V<br />

DISCUSSION<br />

This chapter consists of two sections. The first section is a summary of the<br />

main findings of this research. The last section is a discussion and suggestions for<br />

further research.<br />

1. The Objectives of the Study<br />

Summary of the Results<br />

The objectives of the study were: to survey and to collect the English terms<br />

for the names of Thai musical instruments, ensembles, and types of musical<br />

instruments, and to analyze the strategies which the writers used for representing<br />

technical terms of Thai music in English.<br />

2. Methodology<br />

In the first stage of the study, terms of Thai music were surveyed and collected<br />

from the five works listed below:<br />

1. Morton, David. 1976. The Traditional Music of Thailand. Los<br />

Angeles: Institute of Ethnomusicology, UCLA.


2. Myer, Moro. 1998. Thai Music and Musicians in Contemporary<br />

Bangkok. Los Angeles: Institute of Ethnomusicology, UCLA.<br />

3. Phra Chen Duriyanga. 1968. Thai Music. Bangkok<br />

4. Pradipasen, Pradhak. 1976. Thai Classical Music. Bangkok<br />

5. Yupho, Dhanit. 1987. Thai Musical Instruments. Bangkok<br />

Since this research focused on analyzing names of Thai musical instruments,<br />

names of Thai musical ensembles and types of Thai musical instruments, only the<br />

words from chapters concerning those topics were selected. After the terms were<br />

collected from each book, they were divided into three categories: Thai musical<br />

instruments, Thai musical ensembles, and types of Thai musical instruments, and then<br />

each category was analyzed separately.<br />

3. Results<br />

1. Survey of terms of Thai music<br />

The number of words collected from the five books was as follows: 93<br />

words from TMT (The Traditional Music of Thailand), 75 words from TMMC (Thai<br />

Music and Musicians in Contemporary Bangkok), 20 words from TM (Thai Music),<br />

40 words from TCM (Thai Classical Music), and 101 words from TMI (Thai<br />

Musical Instruments).<br />

59


2. Analysis of translation strategies<br />

2.1. In analyzing the word translation strategies, it was found that the<br />

strategies used in presenting Thai musical instruments terms were 1.) word translation<br />

strategies which included transliteration, partial transliteration, transliteration+ cultural<br />

substitute, translation + cultural substitute, and cultural substitute, and 2.) description<br />

strategies which included the use of modifiers, translation, partial translation,<br />

transliteration, partial transliteration, cultural substitute, generic word, specific word,<br />

similar western instrument, implement used in playing, ensemble in which used,<br />

occasion played, origin of name (instrument), position in ensemble, other names,<br />

function, how played, region where played, age, reference to other instruments, part of<br />

instruments, about players, and citation. Most representations of the names of Thai<br />

musical instruments were followed by descriptions (as shown in <strong>Appendix</strong> B)<br />

The strategy of transliteration was used the most for presenting the<br />

names of instruments, and the strategy of cultural substitute was used the most in short<br />

descriptions.<br />

It was also found that the representations of 63 out of 89 names of Thai<br />

instruments differed in terms of the system of romanization although the same<br />

translation strategy, namely, transliteration, was used.<br />

2.2 In representing the names of Thai musical ensembles, it was found<br />

that writers used the following strategies: transliteration, partial transliteration,<br />

translation, transliteration + translation, transliteration + translation + size, partial<br />

transliteration + partial translation, partial transliteration + age, and used both<br />

transliteration and partial transliteration. The description strategies used by the writers<br />

60


were: the use of modifiers, translation, partial translation, transliteration, partial<br />

transliteration, component instruments (for ensembles), component ensembles (for<br />

ensembles), occasion played, origin of name (ensemble), other names, age, comparison<br />

to other ensembles, and citation. Most representations of the names Thai musical<br />

instruments were followed by description (as shown in <strong>Appendix</strong> B)<br />

The strategy of partial transliteration was used the most for representing the<br />

names of ensembles, and the strategy of component instruments was used the most in<br />

short description.<br />

The results also indicated that about 14 out of 30 representations of the<br />

names of Thai music ensembles differed totally whereas eight names out of 30 differed<br />

in terms of system of romanization, but the translation strategies were similar.<br />

2.3 As for the representations of the words for types of Thai musical<br />

instruments, the word translation strategies employed were transliteration, translation,<br />

partial translation, translation + material, translation + type, and partial translation +<br />

material. However, only one strategy - translation- was used for description strategies.<br />

The strategy of translation was used the most for presenting words and<br />

short descriptions. Concerning the representation of the types of Thai musical<br />

instruments, fives names out of ten also differed totally in terms of translation<br />

strategies and the system of romanization. The same strategies and the same system of<br />

romanization were used to represent three names.<br />

61


Discussion and suggestion of further research<br />

1. Discussion<br />

Beekman and Callow’s translation strategies as cited by Larson (1984): 1)<br />

Using the strategy of translation, and 2) Using descriptive phrases, which include the<br />

strategies of generic-specific words, are appropriate for translating a word which is<br />

known in the receptor language.<br />

Words which are not known in the receptor language can be translated by<br />

using cultural substitutes.<br />

terms.<br />

The strategy of transliteration by Catford (1965), was used to present most<br />

Besides strategies stated by authorities above, the strategy of partial translation<br />

and partial transliteration were also used in representing the names of the instruments,<br />

ensembles and types of instruments.<br />

It is noticeable that the strategy writers of the five books employed most in<br />

representing Thai music terms is the strategy of transliteration. The strategy of<br />

transliteration helps the readers to be able to pronounce the representation correctly<br />

and the description helps the readers to easily understand what the representation refers<br />

to. However, after using the transliteration, it would be helpful to either to translate it<br />

into English or compare it by using cultural substitutes.<br />

62


Besides the transliterating the Thai names of the instruments, ensembles, and<br />

types of instruments mentioned above, the researcher found that the writers also used<br />

strategies in describing instruments, ensembles, and types of instruments to help<br />

readers understand the terms more clearly. These strategies are listed as follows:<br />

1. Descriptive phrases<br />

1.1 Modifiers<br />

1.1.1 Type<br />

1.1.2 Shape<br />

1.1.3 Size<br />

1.1.4 Sound<br />

1.1.5 Material<br />

1.1.6 Number<br />

1.1.7 Hyphenated<br />

1.2 Similar Western instrument<br />

1.3 Implement used in playing<br />

1.4 Ensemble in which used<br />

1.5 Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

1.6 Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

63


1.7 Occasion played<br />

1.8 Origin of name (instrument)<br />

1.9 Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

1.10 Position in ensemble<br />

1.11 Other names<br />

1.12 Function<br />

1.13 How played<br />

1.14 Region where played<br />

1.15 Age<br />

1.16 Reference to other instruments<br />

1.17 Part of instruments<br />

1.18 About players<br />

1.19 Citation<br />

64


2. Suggestions<br />

2.1 Enlarging the corpus<br />

Books on Thai music in English written by well known authorities are<br />

rare. It is true that there are a few books on Thai music written in English but most<br />

have only one or two pages concerned with Thai instruments, ensembles, and types of<br />

instruments. Even in the five books selected, not all of the names of Thai musical<br />

instruments, Thai musical ensembles, and types of Thai musical instruments were<br />

found in every book. However, a very large corpus could be collected. It would be<br />

more beneficial and may support the results of this study if more books on Thai music<br />

are available. However, while carrying out the survey, the researcher found that most<br />

books and articles employed terms from these five books.<br />

2.2 Examining other linguistic features<br />

The present study focuses on only the lexical level of translation.<br />

Therefore it would be useful to carry out further research focusing on sentence level,<br />

subordinate clause level, phrase level, and morpheme level or on the same feature with<br />

deeper analysis.<br />

2.3 Studying terms in other categories<br />

This research focused on terms of only three categories: the names<br />

of Thai music instruments, the names of Thai music ensembles, and terms for types of<br />

Thai music instruments. Therefore it would be beneficial to the dissemination of Thai<br />

65


music to carry out studies on terms in other categories such as types of songs, types of<br />

rhythms, and so on, which are interesting and worthwhile.<br />

Furthermore, it would be very beneficial in the field of Thai music to<br />

develop a dictionary of Thai music terms in English by listing all the different<br />

representations for each Thai music term<br />

This kind of analysis is time consuming, especially during the data<br />

collection and classification processes. It requires a high degree of patience and effort<br />

on the part of the researchers.<br />

66


LITERATURE CITED<br />

Assumption University. Thai art. (Online) Available: http://sunsite.au.ac.th/thailand/<br />

Thai_Arts/music.html, January 9, 2003<br />

Baker, M. 1992. A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge.<br />

Catford, J. 1965. The linguistic Theory of Translation. London: Oxford University<br />

Press.<br />

Kaewsuwan, T. 1988. The Analysis Cultural-Based Text Translation from Thai<br />

into English. Bangkok: Thesis, The National Institute of Development<br />

Administration.<br />

Larson, Mildred L. 1984. Meaning- Based Translation: A Guide to Aross-<br />

Language Equivalence. USA: University Press.<br />

Lize, B. Translating Culture. n.d. (Online) Available: http://ilze.org/semio/<br />

016.html, June 21, 2003<br />

Meemeskul Martin, Ruchirawan. 1985. Towards a Descriptive Model of Thai-<br />

English Translation. Dissertation Abstracts International.<br />

Morton, D. 1976. The Traditional Music of Thailand. Los Angeles: Institute of<br />

Ethnomusicology, UCLA.


Myers, M. 1998. Thai Music and Musicians in Contemporary Bangkok. Los<br />

Angeles: Institute of Ethnomusicology, UCLA.<br />

Newmark, P. 1988. A Textbook of Translation. New York and London:<br />

Prentice-Hall.<br />

Newmark, P. 1995. Approaches to Translation. Cambridge: Phoenix ELT.<br />

Nida, E. 1964. Towards a Science of Translating. Leiden: E. J. Brill.<br />

Nida, E and C. Taber. 1969. The theory and practice of Translation. Leiden:<br />

E. J. Brill.<br />

Pra Chen Duriyanga. 1968. Thai music. Bangkok.<br />

Pradipasen, Pradhak. 1976. Thai classical music. Bangkok.<br />

Ratchabanditayasathan. 1998. Saranukromsapdontrithai. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn<br />

University Press. (in Thai)<br />

Supol, D. 1999. Theories and Strategies of Translation. Bangkok. (in Thai)<br />

Vanessa, L. 2000. Equivalence in Translation: Between Myth and Reality.<br />

Translation Journal. (Online) Available: http://accurapid.com/journal/<br />

14equiv.htm, June 9, 2003.<br />

68


Wichaidist, S. 1977. The analysis of Western Musical Instrument Technical<br />

Terminology Translation in Thai Music Publishing. Bangkok: Research,<br />

The National Institute of Development Administration.<br />

Wisedsook, S. 2002. Translation Technique of Song Lyrics in Animation Films<br />

for Thai Versions as Translated by Tanee Poonsuwan. Bangkok: Thesis,<br />

Mahidol University.<br />

Yupho, D. 1987. Thai Musical Instruments. Bangkok.<br />

69


APPENDIX


<strong>Appendix</strong> A<br />

The Lists of Thai Music Terms


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 Lists of Thai Musical Instruments<br />

<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

1. กระจับป - krajappi (long-necked plucked lute; origin<br />

TMT<br />

2. กรับ<br />

unknown, name from, Sanskrit: names in the<br />

language of the culture form which they were<br />

borrowed were retained) (p.45), กระจับป<br />

(a<br />

plucked lute-type stringed instrument) (glossary)<br />

- kracappii (lute) (p.78), กระจับป<br />

(fretted lute-like<br />

instrument, strummed with a plectrum held in the<br />

peformer’s right hand. Not used in standard<br />

contemporary ensembles) (p.471)<br />

- gra jap pi (p. 50) (description with picture)<br />

- krap (rhythm sticks made from pieces of bamboo,<br />

cut and polished (p.44), กรับ a wooden percussion<br />

instrument; a pair is held in each hand (glossary)<br />

- grap (p.13)<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

3. กรับคู<br />

- grap khu (pair of grap) (p.13) TMI<br />

TMI<br />

72


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

4. กรับพวง - krap phuang (consists of several long thin sheets of TMT<br />

5. กรับเสภา<br />

metal alternated with thin pieces of wood) (p.102)<br />

กรับพวง (a percussion instrument of loose pieces<br />

tied together; held in the right hand and slapped<br />

against the palm of the left) (glossary)<br />

- grap phuang (cluster or bunch of grap) (p.14)<br />

- krap sepha (two nearly square bars of hardwood<br />

about one and a half inches wide on each side by<br />

eight inches long) (p.54) กรับเสภา (a wooden<br />

percussion instrument) (glossary)<br />

- krap seephaa กรับเสภา (pair of wooden bars, held<br />

in each hand of a performer. Clacked together to<br />

produce rhythmic accompaniment for recited epic<br />

genre, seephaa) (p.472)<br />

- grap say-pha- (p.14)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

73


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

6. กลอง - klong (drum) (p.44), กลอง (generic word for TMT<br />

7. กลองแขก<br />

“drum”) (glossary)<br />

- glaw-ng (drum) (p.35)<br />

- klong khaek (“foreign” or Indian drum) (p.45),<br />

กลองแขก (“foreign drum”) (glossary)<br />

- klaung kheek (pair of double-headed drums, held<br />

on laps of two separate players) (p.79) กลองแขก<br />

(cylindrical, two-headed drums held horizontally<br />

across performer’s laps. Leather heads are laced<br />

on. Played in pairs by two performers. Commonly<br />

substituted for taphoon in piiphaat ensembles and<br />

thoon/rammanaa in mahoorii and khrung saay<br />

ensembles) (p.471)<br />

- glong tahd<br />

- glaw-ng khae-k (p.48)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

74


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

8. กลองชนะ - klaung chana (drum similar to the klaung kheek but TMMC<br />

9. กลองชวา<br />

10. กลองชาตรี<br />

appearing in the rare pageant ensemble, tree sang<br />

klaung chana. Decorated in festive colors) (p.471)<br />

- glaw-ng chana (p.51)<br />

- klong chawa (Javanese drum) (p.73), กลองชวา<br />

(“Javanese drum” – that is, a Javanese-derived<br />

drum) (glossary)<br />

- glaw-ng cha wa- (Javanese drums) (p.48)<br />

- klong chatri (drum used in the southern theater<br />

(p.44), (a drum with pegged heads, like the klong<br />

that but much smaller –the body being about ten<br />

inches high, the heads about eight inches in<br />

diameter:104) (p.104), กลองชาตรี (a drum of<br />

southern Thailand) (glossary)<br />

- klaung chaatrii (p.112) , กลองชาตรี (goblet-<br />

shaped drum unique to the piiphaat chaatrii,<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

75<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

once used for the dramatic genre lakhaun chaatrii.<br />

11. กลองตะโพน<br />

That ensemble can also be called the “light”<br />

version of the small-sized piphaat ensemble, today<br />

accompanying southern-style ( “chaatrii” or<br />

“nooraa”) epic drama (p.470)<br />

- glaw-ng cha-tri (p.38)<br />

TMI<br />

- glaw-ng ta pho-n (two ta pho-n drums) (p.41) TMI<br />

12. กลองตุก<br />

- glaw-ng tuk (p.38) (5) TMI<br />

13. กลองทัด<br />

- klong that (p.72) กลองทัด (large barrel –shaped<br />

peg-headed drum) (glossary)<br />

- klaung that (pair of upright drums, hit with sticks)<br />

(p.79), กลองทัด (pair of drums played by single<br />

performer; hit with sticks. Heads tacked on.<br />

Appear in the piiphaat ensemble) (p.471)<br />

TMT<br />

76<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- the klong thad (a thick large drum) (p.14)<br />

TM<br />

14. กลองมะริกัน<br />

15. กลองมลายู<br />

(Approximate equivalents among the Western<br />

instrument; Timpani) (p.36)<br />

- glong tahd (twin drums) (p.26)<br />

- glaw-ng that (p.35)<br />

- klong marigan (American bass drum) (p.45),<br />

กลองมริกัน (American bass drum) (glossary)<br />

- glaw-ng mari gan (glaw-ng amay-ri gan or<br />

American drum) (p.63)<br />

- klong malayu (Malayan drum) (p.45), กลองมลายู<br />

(Malayan drum) (glossary)<br />

- klaung malaayuu (a drum similar appearance to the<br />

klaung kheek, and similarly played in pairs, Malay<br />

drum) (p.118), กลองมลายู (drums, played in pairs,<br />

similar glossaryearance to klaung kheek. Appear in<br />

the rare ensembles, wong bua lauy and wong<br />

piiphaat naang hong, both of which are used in<br />

cremation ceremonies) (p.471)<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

77<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

16. กลองยาว<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- glaw-ng mala-yu- (p.49) TMI<br />

17. กลองสองหนา<br />

- klong yao (long drum) (p.44) กลองยาว (long<br />

drum) (glossary)<br />

- glaw-ng yao- (p.58)<br />

- song na (literally, “two faces,” that is, a two-<br />

headed drum) (p.71), สองหนา (a medium-sized,<br />

hand-played drum) (glossary)<br />

- saung naa (lit “two -faced drums,” which replaces<br />

the taphoon in certain types of piiphaat ensemble<br />

repertoire) (p.79), สองหนา (lit” two faces”,<br />

referring to this drum’s two heads. Cylindrical<br />

shaped (in contrast to the barrel shape of the<br />

taphoon); often substituted for taphoon in the<br />

piiphaat ensemble serving as vocal<br />

accompaniment) (p.491)<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

78<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

18. เกราะ<br />

19. โกรง<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- the song na (a small long drum used in conjunction TM<br />

with other instruments, and also called Poeng<br />

Mang (เปงมาง when it is differently used for<br />

accompanying songs) (p.14)<br />

- saw-ng na (two drumheads) (p.55)<br />

- kro (small “slit drum” made from a piece of<br />

bamboo with nodes at each end (p.44), เกราะ an<br />

old bamboo percussion instrument<br />

- graw (p.9)<br />

- krong (large bamboo “slit drum,” several nodes in<br />

length (p.44), โกรง an old bamboo percussion<br />

instrument (glossary)<br />

- gro-ng (p.11)<br />

20. ขลุย<br />

- khlui (vertical bamboo flute with pegged<br />

mouthpiece) (p.77), ขลุย<br />

(the bamboo flute)<br />

(glossary)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

79


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

21. ขลุยกรวด<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- khluy (vertical flute. Different sizes and ranges are TMMC<br />

22. ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

indicated by noun modifiers) (p.79) ขลุย<br />

(vertically- held flute: appears in various named<br />

sizes, each of which is associated with a different<br />

mode or pitch level. Commonly used as a solo<br />

instrument, it also appears in khruang say<br />

ensemble, and in the “soft” version of piiphaat<br />

ensembles. Used in the public schools for music<br />

education.) (p.468)<br />

- khlui (flute types) (p.72)<br />

TMI<br />

- khlui grua-t (p.74) TMI<br />

- khlui phiang o (p.78) ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

(the medium –<br />

size bamboo flute) (glossary)<br />

- khuly piang au (p.97)<br />

- klui piang-or (a bamboo flute) (p.27)<br />

- khlui phia-ng aw- (the middle-sized khlui) (p.74)<br />

TMI<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

80


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

23. ขลุยหลีบ<br />

- khlui lip (p.78) ขลุยหลีบ<br />

(the small –size bamboo TMT<br />

24. ขลุยอู<br />

25. ขิม<br />

flute) (glossary)<br />

- khluy lip (another size of flute) (p.97)<br />

- klui lib (a smaller and higher pitched bamboo<br />

flute) (p.27)<br />

- khlui-li-p (the smallest-sized khlui) (p.74)<br />

- khlui u (p.78) ขลุยอู<br />

(the large –size bamboo<br />

flute) (glossary)<br />

- khluy uu (p.83)<br />

- khlui-u- (the largest-sized khlui) (p.74)<br />

- khim ขิม (a zither –type stringed instrument = the<br />

Chinese yang ch’in) (glossary)<br />

- khim ขิม (hammered zither or dulcimer –like<br />

instrument, derived within last century from China<br />

and hence not a standard part of any ensemble; one<br />

informant cited the year 1924 for its introduction<br />

to Thailand. Popular with amateur<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

81<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

players and young students, the instrument can be<br />

performed solo or added to mahoorii and khruang<br />

saay ensembles) (p.467)<br />

26. ฆอง - khong (gong or gong- kettles) (p.44), ฆอง (a gong<br />

27. ฆองกระแต<br />

or gong-kettles) (glossary)<br />

- khaw-ng (gong) (p.25)<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

- khaw-ng gratae (p.28) (5) TMI<br />

28. ฆองกลาง - khong (wong) klang (“medium-sized” circle of<br />

29. ฆองคู<br />

gongs) (p.51)<br />

- medium gong set (p.27) (4)<br />

- khong khu (kettles similar to those used on the<br />

khong wong, fastened horizontally in a small<br />

rectangular box frame) (p.104), ฆองคู<br />

(a pair of<br />

gong- kettles) (glossary)<br />

- khaung khuu (a pair of small gongs set in a box)<br />

(p.112), ฆองคู<br />

(two kettle- shaped gongs inside a<br />

rectangular frame. Appears in the “light” version<br />

TMT<br />

TCM<br />

TMT<br />

82<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

30. ฆองชัย<br />

31. ฆองมอญ<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

of the smallest size of piiphaat ensembles)<br />

32. ฆองมอญวงเล็ก<br />

(p.466)<br />

- khaw-ng khu- (a pair of gongs) (p.28)<br />

TMI<br />

- khaw-ng chai (p.27) (description with picture) (5) TMI<br />

- khong mon ฆองมอญ (gong –circle on a crescent-<br />

shaped rack) (glossary)<br />

- khaung maun ฆองมอญ (Mon gongs; set of tuned,<br />

kettle-shaped gongs, suspended on upright, u-<br />

shaped rack. Appears in the piiphaat maun)<br />

(p.466)<br />

- khaw-ng maw-n (p.33)<br />

- khaung maun lek (gong circle) (p. 116) (Mon<br />

gongs; set of tuned, kettle-shaped gongs,<br />

suspended on upright, u-shaped rack. Appears in<br />

the piiphaat maun, smaller, higher-pitched,<br />

melodically subordinate instrument) (p.466)<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

83<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

33. ฆองระเบ็ง - khong rabeng (gong used for the rabeng, an ancient TMT<br />

type of vocal entertainment music) (p.44), ฆอง<br />

ระเบง (an old style gong) (glossary)<br />

- khaw-ng rabay-ng (p.29)<br />

34. ฆองราง - khong rang (eight kettles on a straight rack) (p.46)<br />

35. ฆองราว<br />

ฆองราง(row of gong –kettles on a rack) (glossary)<br />

- khaw-ng ra-ng (p.30)<br />

- khong rao or khong hui (set of gongs on a rack)<br />

(p.67), ฆองราว (set of gongs on a stand) (glossary)<br />

- khaung raaw (khaung huy) (p.124)<br />

- khaw-ng rao- (p.29)<br />

36. ฆองวง - khong wong (set or circle of gong-kettles on a<br />

stand) (p.44)<br />

- khaung wong ฆองวง (lit “gong circle”; circular<br />

rack of kettle –shaped, bossed gongs which lies<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

84<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

37. ฆองวงเล็ก<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

horizontally on the floor; performer sits inside the<br />

“circle.”. Played with two mallets. Fills important<br />

leadership role in piiphaat ensemble.) (p.466)<br />

- khong wong lek (small circle of gongs, a small set<br />

of gong-kettles) (p.50,51), ฆองวงเล็ก (small gong<br />

–circle) (glossary)<br />

- khaung wong lek (small gong- circle) (p.78), ฆอง<br />

วงเล็ก (lit “gong circle”; circular rack of kettle –<br />

shaped, bossed gongs which lies horizontally on<br />

the floor; performer sits inside the “circle.”.<br />

Played with two mallets. Fills important<br />

leadership role in piiphaat ensemble, smaller,<br />

higher-pitched, melodically subordinate<br />

instrument.) (p.466)<br />

- the gong wong lek Approximate equivalents<br />

among the Western instrument; Celesta.) (p.36)<br />

(Celesta) (p.48,49)<br />

- small gong set (p.27)<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

TCM<br />

85


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- khaw-ng wong lek (small circle of gongs) (p.32) TMI<br />

38. ฆองวงใหญ<br />

- khong wong yai (large circle of gongs) (p.45), ฆอง<br />

วงใหญ (large gong- circle) (glossary)<br />

- khaung wong yai (large gong- circle) (p.78) , ฆอง<br />

วงใหญ (lit “gong circle”; circular rack of kettle –<br />

shaped, bossed gongs which lies horizontally on<br />

the floor; performer sits inside the “circle.”. Played<br />

with two mallets. Fills important leadership role in<br />

piiphaat ensemble, larger, lower-pitched,<br />

melodically dominant instrument.)( p.466)<br />

- the gong wong yai (Approximate equivalents<br />

among the Western instrument; Resonophone or<br />

Tubaphone or Glockenspiel.) (p.36) (Resonophone<br />

or Clockenspiel) (p.50)<br />

- big gong set (p. 26)<br />

- khaw-ng wong yai (large circle of gong) (p.32)<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

86


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

39. ฆองหุย<br />

- khong rao or khong hui (set of three gongs on a TMT<br />

40. ฆองเหมง<br />

rack) (p.67), ฆองหุย<br />

(a gong on a tripod stand)<br />

(glossary)<br />

- huy or khaung huy หุย,<br />

ฆองหุย<br />

(set of 3, 5 or 7<br />

vertically –suspended gongs, used in piiphaat<br />

during certain epic episodes) (p.465)<br />

- the gong hooi (consisting of a set of 3,5, or 7<br />

gongs of different sizes, and therefore of different<br />

pitches) (p.14)<br />

- khaw-ng mui or khaw-ng hui (p.27)<br />

- khong meng (a small gong held up manually by a<br />

curved wooden handle from which it is suspended<br />

and struck with a piece of wood or a padded<br />

beater) (p.103) ฆองเหมง (a small, suspended,<br />

hand- held gong) (glossary)<br />

- khaung meeng ฆองเมง (small gong, suspended<br />

manually and hit with a mallet or stick. Appeared<br />

in historical ensembles) (p.466)<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

87<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

41. ฆองโหมง<br />

42. จะเข<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- khaw-ng may-ng (p.27) TMI<br />

- khaw-ng mo-ng (p.26) TMI<br />

- chakae (“crocodile”, a three-stringed floor zither, a<br />

zither –type instrument) (p.44), จะเข (a zither-type<br />

stringed instrument) (glossary)<br />

- chakhee (zither) (p.78) (fretted zither-type<br />

instrument has three stings which are plucked with<br />

a plectrum tied to the performer’s right hand. The<br />

instrument lies horizontally on the floor. Appears<br />

in mahoorii and khruang saay ensembles, and is<br />

popular as a solo instrument) (p.461)<br />

- jakay (s) (a medium size plucked string<br />

instrument) (p.27)<br />

- jakhay- (p.102)<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

88


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

43. ฉาบ - chap (medium-sized metal hand cymbals) (p.44) TMT<br />

44. ฉาบเล็ก<br />

- chaap ฉาบ (pair of metal hand –cymbals, larger<br />

than the ching and somewhat flatter. Used to<br />

emphasize important metric pulses in larger<br />

piiphaat ensembles) (p.462)<br />

- cha-p (a pair of small metal cymbals) (p.24)<br />

- chap lek (a pair of medium-sized cymbals of flat<br />

metal with a central rounded boss about three-<br />

quarters of an inch deep) (p.66), ฉับเล็ก (medium –<br />

size cymbals) (glossary)<br />

- chaap lek (hand cymbals) (p.117), ฉาบเล็ก (pair of<br />

metal hand-cymbals, larger than the ching and<br />

somewhat flatter. Used to emphasize important<br />

metric pulses in larger piiphaat ensembles, smaller<br />

sized, used more frequently) (p.462)<br />

- the charb lek (Approximate equivalents among the<br />

Western instrument; Small cymbals) (p.36)<br />

(Medium cymbals) (p.50)<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

89


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

45. ฉาบใหญ<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- cymbals<br />

TCM<br />

- cha-p lek (p.24)<br />

- chap yai (p.67) ฉับใหญ (large –size cymbals)<br />

(glossary)<br />

- chaap yay ฉาบใหญ (pair of metal hand-cymbals,<br />

larger than the ching and somewhat flatter. Used to<br />

emphasize important metric pulses in larger<br />

piiphaat ensembles, larger size) (p.462)<br />

- the charb yai, (Approximate equivalents among the<br />

Western instrument; Large cymbals) (p.36)<br />

(Large cymbals) (p.50)<br />

- cymbals<br />

- cha-p yai (p.24)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

90


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

46. ฉิ่ง<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- ching (small metal hand cymbals) (p.44) , (a pair TMT<br />

of cymbals made of thick metal and shaped like<br />

teacups or small hollow cones.) (p.64), (small hand<br />

cymbals) (p.65) , ฉิ่ง<br />

(small hand cymbals)<br />

(glossary)<br />

- ching (small metal hand –cymbals) (p.79),<br />

(cymbals) (p.117) , ฉิ่ง<br />

(small metal hand-cymbals,<br />

ubiquitous in Thai classical music. Mark important<br />

metric pluses which indicate chan.) (p.464)<br />

- the ching (Approximate equivalents among the<br />

Western instrument; Triangle) (p.36) (Small<br />

cymbals) (p.48,50)<br />

- ching (small cymbals) (4)<br />

- ching (a pair of cymbals) (p.23)<br />

47. ซอ - so (generic term for bowed stringed instruments)<br />

(p.44) ,ซอ (a generic term for bowed stringed<br />

instruments) (glossary)<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

91


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

48. ซอดวง - so duang (p.100)ซอดวง (a stringed instrument --- TMT<br />

two –stringed bowed lute with cylindrical<br />

resinator) (glossary)<br />

- sau duang – (higher-pitched 2- stringed fiddle)<br />

(p.78),ซอดวง (higher –pitched and melodically<br />

dominant of the two-stringed fiddles. Resonating<br />

body made of hardwood cylinder, with snake-skin<br />

face. In contrast to Western fiddle –type<br />

instruments, the strings are not depressed against a<br />

fingerboard to produce pitches. Bow “attached” to<br />

in strument by being strung through the in<br />

strument’s strings) (p.491)<br />

- saw duang (s) (a two-string solo fiddle) (p.26)<br />

- saw- dua-ng (p.111)<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

92


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

49. ซอสามสาย - so sam sai (bowed, three-stringed instrument) TMT<br />

50. ซอสามสายหลีบ<br />

(p.44),ซอสามสาม (a stringed instrument ---three –<br />

stringed bowed lute with triangular sound box)<br />

(glossary)<br />

- sau saam saay (3 –stringed fiddle) (p.78) , ซอสาม<br />

สาย (three-stringed fiddle, used in mahoorii<br />

ensembles and in solo, and solo plus vocal,<br />

repetoire. Heart-shaped body stands on a peg.<br />

Body of wood, face of leather. Unlike the sau<br />

duang and sau uu, the bow is no “atttached.”)<br />

(p.491)<br />

- saw sam sai (a three-string fiddle with higher<br />

pitches) (p.27)<br />

- saw-sa-m sai (p.105)<br />

- sau saam saay lip (p.99)<br />

- saw sam sai lib (a smaller three-string fiddle with<br />

higher pitches) (p.27)<br />

- saw –li-p (small size saw) (p.109)<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

93


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

51. ซออู<br />

- so u (the bowed stringed instrument with a sound TMT<br />

box (resonating chamber or disphram) made from<br />

half an ordinary coconut shell) (p.97), ซออู<br />

(a<br />

string instrument ---two –stringed bowed lute with<br />

half coconut shell sound box) (glossary)<br />

- sau uu (lower –pitched 2-stringed fiddle) (p.78),<br />

ซออู<br />

(lower pitched and melodically subordinate of<br />

the two-stringed fiddles. Resonating body made of<br />

coconut shell, with leather face; sound-holes<br />

carved into back. Bow is “attached” as on sau<br />

duang) (p.491)<br />

- saw oo (s) (a two-string accompanying fiddle)<br />

(p.27)<br />

- saw –u- (p.109)<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

94


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

52. ตะโพน - taphon (the main drum used in the pi phat<br />

TMT<br />

(percussion) ensemble) (p.68) (a barrel-shaped<br />

drum on a stand) (glossary)<br />

- taphoon (double headed drum. “the most important<br />

rhythm instrument.” (p.79) ตะโพน (two headed<br />

barrel shaped drum used in piiphaat ensemble. Ash<br />

and rice mixture applied to lower head for tuning.<br />

Heads tuned to an interval of approximately one<br />

fifth, but not tuned definitely in relation to<br />

ensemble. Of ritual significance, and not played by<br />

females) (p.493)<br />

- the tapone (a kind of hand timpano with drum-<br />

heads covering both ends) (p.14) (Approximate<br />

equivalents among the Western instrument; small<br />

hand tympano) (p.36) (small hand tympano)<br />

(p.48,50)<br />

- tapohn (two-sided drum) (p.26)<br />

- ta-pho-n (p.39)<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

95


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

53. ตะโพนมอญ - taphon mon taphon mon (p.69), ตะโพนมอญ (the TMT<br />

mon model of the taphon) (glossary)<br />

- taphoon maun (two-sided drum) (p.117)<br />

- ta pho-n maw-n (p.40)<br />

TMMC<br />

54. แตร - trae- (p.89) TMI<br />

55. แตรงอน - tree ngaun (trumpets made from animal horns)<br />

(p.116, 496)<br />

- trae-ngaw-n (curved trumpet) (p.89)<br />

TMI<br />

TMMC<br />

56. แตรฝรั่ง<br />

- trae-farang (European trumpet) (p.91) TMI<br />

57. แตรลางโพง - trae- la-ng pho-ng (p.91) TMI<br />

58. แตรลําโพง - trae-lam pho-ng (p.91) TMI<br />

59. แตรวิลันดา - trae-wilanda- (p.91) TMI<br />

60. ทับ - tho-n or thap (p.42) TMI<br />

61. โทน - thon (goblet or vase drum; India, from “dhol”?)<br />

(p.45), โทน (a goblet or inverted vase-shaped<br />

drum with a single head) (glossary)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

96


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

62. โทนชาตรี<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- thoon (goblet-shaped drum, leather head laced on, TMMC<br />

usually played simultaneously by one person, and<br />

conceived of as one unit musically. Hence they are<br />

referred to in conjunction, thoon/rammanaa.)<br />

(p.79), โทน (goblet-shaped drum with ceramic<br />

body, leather head laced on. Paired with<br />

rammanaa and played by a single musician, for<br />

the rhythmic parts of the two form one pattern.<br />

Sometimes called thoon mahoorii to distinguish<br />

from below (below describes thoon chatrii)<br />

(p.495)<br />

- tohn (p.27)<br />

- tho-n or thap (p.42)<br />

- thon chatri (p.76) โทนชาตรี (a drum of south<br />

Thailand ; small-size klong that) (glossary)<br />

- thoon chaatrii (p.112), โทนชาตรี (similar to above<br />

but played in pairs in southern Thailand to<br />

accompany shadow theater and lakhaun nooraa<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

97<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

(p.495) Remarks: the word “above” refers<br />

“goblet-shaped drum with ceramic body, leather<br />

head laced on. Paired with rammanaa and played<br />

by a single musician, for the rhythmic parts of the<br />

two form one pattern. Sometimes called thoon<br />

mahoorii”, which describes thoon<br />

- tho-n cha-tri- (p.43)<br />

63. โทนมโหรี - thon mahori โทนมโหรี (the thon drum used in the<br />

64. บัณเฑาะว<br />

mahori ensemble) (glossary)<br />

- tho-n maho-ri- (p.43)<br />

- bando (small hourglass drum; India; Pali:<br />

“panawa) (p.45), บัณเฑาะว (a small, hand drum)<br />

(glossary)<br />

- banthau (a small two –faced, hand-held drum)<br />

(p.116), บัณเฑาะว (a percussion instrument. Two<br />

drumheads attached to a stick, sounded by balls<br />

attached to strings when rolled between the hands)<br />

(p.460)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

98<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- ban daw (p.33) (description with picture) (5) TMI<br />

65. ป<br />

- pi (p.78) ป<br />

(double-reed instrument) (glossary)<br />

66. ปกลาง<br />

- pii (oboe-like double –reed instruments of various<br />

sizes and ranges. Different types are in dicated by<br />

ensenbles) (p.79), ป<br />

(oboe-like reed instruments,<br />

used in piiphaat ensembles. Various sizes have<br />

different ranges of pitch, and occur in different<br />

musical contexts) (p.485)<br />

- pi (reed or oboe types) (p.75)<br />

- pi klang (about fifteen inches long, one and a half<br />

inches in diameter) (p.79), ปกลาง<br />

( medium –<br />

sized pi) (glossary)<br />

- pii klaang ปกลาง<br />

(“medium” pii, according to<br />

Morton used to accompany shadow theater<br />

(1976:79) (p.485)<br />

- pi –gla-ng (p.77)<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

99


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

67. ปไฉน<br />

- pi chanai (double –reed instrument, body with TMT<br />

conical bore, about a foot long or less; India)<br />

(p.45), ปไฉน<br />

(early double-reed instrument)<br />

(glossary)<br />

- pii chanay ปไฉน<br />

(pii chanay (rarely used today,<br />

but formerly used in processions. Small and high-<br />

pitched) (p.485)<br />

- pi-cha nai (p.84)<br />

68. ปชวา<br />

- pi chawa (Javanese “oboe”) (p.89), ปชวา<br />

(“Javanese pi”) (glossary)<br />

- pii chaawaa ปชวา<br />

(“Javanese” pii , appears in<br />

certain specail ensembles, including the piiphaat<br />

naang hong, and the wong khruang saay pii<br />

chaawaa. Also used in certain dance-drama<br />

contexts, and along with klaung kheek, to<br />

accompany Thai boxing) (p.485)<br />

- pi-chawa- (p.86)<br />

100<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

69. ปนอก<br />

- pi nok (outdoor pi) (p.79), ปนอก<br />

(outdoor pi) TMT<br />

70. ปใน<br />

(glossary)<br />

- pii nauk (the “outside” pii, associated with lakhaun<br />

nauk (“outside” dance-drama_ performed outside<br />

of the royal palace. Shorter in length than the pii<br />

nay) (p.485)<br />

- pi-nok (p.26)<br />

- pi –naw-k (p.77)<br />

- pi nai (indoor pi) (p.79), ปใน<br />

(indoor pi)<br />

(glossary)<br />

- pii nay ปใน<br />

(the “inside” pii, because it was<br />

associated with the khoon (masked dance-drama)<br />

and lakhaun nay (“inside” dance-drama) once<br />

confined to the palaces. This is the instrument<br />

usually referred to simply as pii) (p.485)<br />

- the pi nai (Approximate equivalents among the<br />

Western instrument; Oboe or Piano-accordion or C<br />

Clarinet) (p.36) (Oboe) (p.48)<br />

101<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TM


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

71. ปมอญ<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- pi-nai (p.26)<br />

TCM<br />

- pi-nai (p.77)<br />

- pi mon ปมอญ<br />

(mon –style pi) (glossary)<br />

- pii maun (oboe) (p.116), ปมอญ<br />

(“Mon” pii, used<br />

only in the piiphaat maun. Conical shape) (p.485)<br />

- pi-maw-n (p.88)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

102<br />

TMMC<br />

72. ปหอ<br />

- pi-haw- (p.87) TMI<br />

73. ปออ<br />

- pi-aw- (p.78) TMI<br />

74. เปงมาง - poeng mang (p.113) เปงมาง (a small, thong –<br />

wrapped barrel –shaped drum) (glossary)<br />

- per-ng ma-ng (p.52)<br />

75. เปงมางคอก - poeng mang khok (p.113) เปงมางคอก (a set of<br />

drum on their stand) (glossary)<br />

- peeng maang khauk (circle of tuned drums)<br />

(p.117), เปงมางคอก (set of seven tuned drums<br />

(each a peeng maang) arranged vertically in a<br />

semicircular frame, used in the piiphaat maun<br />

ensemble) (p.480)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

76. พิณ<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- per-ng ma-ng khaw-k (a group of seven per-ng ma- TMI<br />

ng drums) (p.54)<br />

- phin (stick zither with one string and a half-gourd<br />

resonator; India, from Sanskrit:, Indian names for a<br />

plucked lute: vina (south India) and bina (north<br />

India)) (p.45), พิณ (a stick zither –type stringed<br />

instrument) (glossary)<br />

- phin (plucked lute-type instruments. Morton<br />

explains that in former times the word was a cover<br />

term for all lute-type instrument (1976:91).<br />

Today, it usually appears in the names of several<br />

folk instruments. In my experience, phin alone<br />

referred to a lute-type instrument associated with<br />

Northern Thai folk music and occasionally used in<br />

folk-influenced urban pop music. (p.481)<br />

- phi-n (p.93) (description) (5)<br />

TMT<br />

103<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

77. พิณน้ําเตา<br />

- phin nam tao (p.91) พิณน้ําเตา<br />

(a type of phin) TMT<br />

(glossary)<br />

- phi-n nam tao (a stringed instrument made from a<br />

bottle gourd) (p.93)<br />

78. พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

- phia (stick zither with four strings, the stick<br />

79. มโหระทึก<br />

attached to a half –gourd chest resonator, which is<br />

placed against the vare chest of the performer<br />

during performance) (p.44) พิณเพียะ (a type of<br />

phin) (glossary)<br />

- phi-n phia (p.96 )<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

- maho-ra therk (p.64) TMI<br />

104


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

80. ระนาด - ranat (xylophone – set of wooden keys on a stand) TMT<br />

(p.44)<br />

- ranad (a wooden xylophone) (p.26)<br />

81. ระนาดทอง - ranat thong (p.62), ระนาดทอง (a metallophone ;<br />

original name of the ranat ek lek) (glossary)<br />

- rana-t thaw-ng or rana-t ay-k lek (p.20)<br />

82. ระนาดทุม<br />

- ranat thum (p.57) ระนาดทุม<br />

(low –pitched<br />

xylophone) ( glossary)<br />

- ranaat thum (ranaat is xylophone; thum translated<br />

to be low or deep in tone) (p.78), (xylophone)<br />

(p.116), ระนาดทุม<br />

(lower –pitched and<br />

melodically subordinate of the wooden –keyed<br />

xylophones; actually, the keys may be made of<br />

bamboo. Wooden body is narrow and rectangular,<br />

box-like compared to the ranaat eek.) (p.488)<br />

TCM<br />

TMT<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

105<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- ranad thume or thume mai (Approximate<br />

TM<br />

equivalents among the Western instrument; Alto<br />

Xylophone with wooden-resonance bars or<br />

Marimba) (p.36) (Xylophone alto or Marimba)<br />

(p.48,49)<br />

- ranad toom (p.26)<br />

83. ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

- ranat thum lek (p.63) ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

(low-pitched<br />

metallophone ) (glossary)<br />

- ranaat thum lek , (lek is iron; these iron-keyed<br />

xylophones are musical partners to the wooden<br />

ones above, and used only in the larger-sized<br />

piiphaat ensembles) (p.78) , ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

(metal keyed version, used in the larger piiphaat<br />

ensembles.) (p.488)<br />

- ranad thong thume or thume lek (Approximate<br />

equivalents among the Western instrument; Alto<br />

Xylophone with steel-resonance bars) (p.36)<br />

(Resonophone alto) (p.48,49)<br />

TCM<br />

TMT<br />

106<br />

TMMC<br />

TM


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- ranad toom lek (with metal keys) (p.26)<br />

TCM<br />

- rana-t thum lek (p.21) (description)<br />

84. ระนาดเอก - ranat ek (a xylophone with a boat-shaped<br />

resonating box supported on a small pedistal)<br />

(p.54) , ระนาดเอก (high –pitched xylophone)<br />

(glossary)<br />

- ranaat eek (ranaat is xylophone; eek means first, or<br />

one) (p.78), (xylophone) (p.116), ระนาดเอก<br />

(higher pitched and melodically dominant wooden<br />

–keyed xylophone, played with pair of mallets.<br />

Wooden body is boat-shaped) (p.488)<br />

- the ranad ek (Approximate equivalents among the<br />

Western instrument; Treble Xylophone with<br />

wooden-resonamce bars (p.36) , (Xylophone,<br />

treble) (p.48,50)<br />

- ranad ek (p.26)<br />

- rana-t ay-k (p.15)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

107<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

TCM<br />

TMI


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

85. ระนาดเอกทอง - ranad thong ek or thume lek (Approximate<br />

TM<br />

equivalents among the Western instrument; Treble<br />

Xylophone with steel- resonance bars) (p.36)<br />

86. ระนาดเอกเหล็ก - ranat ek lek or ranat thong (iron ranat ek) (p.62),<br />

ระนาดเอกเหล็ก (high-pitched metallophone)<br />

(glossary)<br />

- ranaat eek lek (lek is iron; these iron-keyed<br />

xylophones are musical partners to the wooden<br />

ones above, and used only in the larger-sized<br />

piiphaat ensembles) (p.78), ระนาดเอกเหล็ก<br />

(metal-keyed version, included in the larger<br />

piiphaat ensembles) (p.488)<br />

- ranad ek lek (with metal keys) (p.26)<br />

- rana-t thaw-ng or rana-t ay-k lek (p.20)<br />

87. รํามะนา - rammana (a shallow frame drum with one head,<br />

about the size of a Western tambourine but without<br />

the “jangles.”) (p.77) รํามะนา (a small frame<br />

drum) (glossary)<br />

TMT<br />

108<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- rammanaa (a frame drum, usually played<br />

TMMC<br />

simultaneously by one person, and conceived of as<br />

one unit musically. Hence they are referred to in<br />

conjunction, thoon/rammanaa) (p.79), รํามะนา<br />

(frame drum, with shallow wooden (sometimes<br />

ivory) body. Leather head is tacked on. Paired with<br />

thoon and played by a single musician, for the<br />

rhythmic parts of the two form one pattern) (p.487)<br />

- ramana (a small hand drum) (p.27)<br />

- ram mana- (p.46)<br />

88. วงฆองชัย - wong khaung chay (a set of seven vertically-<br />

suspended gongs, the gong pitches outline the<br />

main melodic pitches of songs) (p.110) , วงฆองชัย<br />

(circular rack of vertically suspended gongs, of<br />

different sizes and pitches, used in the piiphaat<br />

dukdamban enesmble) (p.497)<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

109<br />

TMMC


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 1 (Continued)<br />

89. โหมง<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- wong khaw-ng chai (circle of khaw-ng chai TMI<br />

gongs)(p.35)<br />

- mong (p.67)โหมง (a large gong) (glossary)<br />

- moong or khaung moong (suspended gong) (p.117)<br />

(ฆอง) โหมง (metal gong suspended from tripod.<br />

Appears in some of the larger sized standard<br />

ensembles) (p.476)<br />

- the mong (Approximate equivalents among the<br />

Western instrument; No equivalent except perhaps<br />

tom-tom or gong) (p.36) (Large Gong) (p.48,50)<br />

- mong (picture)<br />

- mong (p.26)<br />

TMT<br />

110<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

TCM<br />

TMI


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 Lists of Thai classical musical ensembles<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

1. ปพาทยรามัญ<br />

- pi-pha-t ra-man (p.34) TMI<br />

2. วงกลองแขก - klong khaek ensemble (p.102) TMT<br />

3. วงกลองแขกปชวา<br />

- pi- chawa glaw-ng khae-k or glaw-ngkhae-k pi-<br />

chawa- (p.87)<br />

4. วงขับไม - khap mai ensemble (literally “to recite or sing<br />

with a beat” or more figuratively “to perform on<br />

musical instruments.”) (p.101) ขับไม (an old<br />

ensemble) (glossary)<br />

- khap may or wong khap may (a three-stringed<br />

fiddle, vocalist, and small two-faced hand-held<br />

drum called banthau) (p.116), (วง) ขับไม<br />

(historical ensemble—today played occasionally<br />

by university students—consisting of solo<br />

vocalist, sau saam saay, and banthau) (p.465)<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

111


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

5. วงเครื่องสาย<br />

- khruang sai เครื่องสาย<br />

(the ensemble composed TMT<br />

6. วงเครื่องสาย<br />

เครื่องคู<br />

of stringed instruments , flute, and rhythmic<br />

percussion) (glossary)<br />

- wong khruang saay (an ensemble of stringed<br />

instruments(this is what its name refers to<br />

literally), drums and hand cymbals (Morton’s<br />

“rhythmic percussion”), and khluy or flute) (p.91),<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

(wong khruang saay- ensemble of<br />

stringed instruments.) (p.469)<br />

- the string ensemble (p.26)<br />

- khrer-a-ng sai- (string) ensemble (p.43,47)<br />

- medium-sized or doubled khruang sai ensemble<br />

(p.108) , medium-sized or doubled ensemble<br />

(p.111)<br />

- wong khruang saay khruang khuu (medium-sized<br />

(lit. paired) ensemble of string instruments)<br />

(p.102), เครื่องคู<br />

(lit. “instruments; paired”; term<br />

added to conventional ensembles to indicate<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

112


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

7. วงเครื่องสายวง<br />

เล็ก<br />

medium size or type of instrumentation) (p.469)<br />

- wong khre-a-ng sai, khre-a-ng khu (“doubled”<br />

string ensemble: another instrument of each kind<br />

is added, making a pair.)<br />

- small khruang sai ensemble (p.108), small<br />

ensemble (p.111)<br />

- wong khre-a-ng sai wong lek ( small string<br />

ensemble; one instrument of each kind only<br />

is used compable to the pi-phat khre-a-ng ha)<br />

8. วงเครื่องสายปชวา<br />

- khruang saay pii chaawaa, wong khruang saay pii<br />

9. วงเครื่องสายผสม<br />

ไวโอลิน<br />

10. วงเถิดเทิง,<br />

วงเทิงบองกลองยาว<br />

chaawaa (a standard type of stringed ensemble<br />

with pii chaawaa added. Known for requiring<br />

very skillful, masterful pii player.) (p.469)<br />

TCM<br />

TMT<br />

TCM<br />

TMMC<br />

- wong khruang saay prasom violin (p.121) TMMC<br />

- ther-t ther-ng or ther-ng baw-ng glaw-ng yao-<br />

(p.60)<br />

TMI<br />

113


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

11. วงบัวลอย - bua loi (an old ensemble) (glossary)<br />

TMT<br />

- bua lauy or wong bua lauy (floating lotus<br />

ensemble) (p.116), (วง) บัวลอย (ensemble rarely<br />

performed today, but intended for use in<br />

cremation ceremonies for royalty, and has its own<br />

specific repertoire. Consists of pii chaawaa and<br />

rhythmic accompaniment. Morton views this as<br />

the precursor to the wong piiphaat naang hong)<br />

(p.460)<br />

- bua law-i ensemble (description) (p.50)<br />

12. วงปชวากลองแขก<br />

- pi-chawa glaw-ng khae-k or glaw-ng khae-k pi<br />

chawa (p.87)<br />

13. วงปพาทย<br />

- pi phat (the ensemble using melodic and rhythmic<br />

percussion) (p.104) ปพาทย<br />

(an ensemble<br />

composed of melodic and rhythmic percussion<br />

instruments and the pi) (glossary)<br />

- piiphaat or wong piiphaat (an ensemble of<br />

percussion instruments and the pii or oboe) (p.91),<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

114


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation<br />

วงปพาทย<br />

(melodic percussive ensemble, which<br />

Source<br />

does not include stringed instruments.<br />

Accompanies rituals and theatrical genres but can<br />

also perform entertainment music) (p.486)<br />

- piphat band (p.3)<br />

- the pi-paht ensemble (p.26)<br />

- pi-pha-t (percussion) emsemble (p.43)<br />

14. วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

- khruang khu (medium-sized or doubled<br />

ensemble ,a pair of instruments, medium-sized or<br />

doubled piphat ensemble) (p.105,107)<br />

- wong pi-phat, khre-a-ng khu (medium size,<br />

“khruang khuu” (lit. instruments/pair) (p.96)<br />

เครื่องคู<br />

(lit. “instruments; paired”; term added to<br />

conventional ensembles to indicate medium size<br />

or type of instrumentation) (p.469)<br />

- wong pi-phat khre-a-ng khu (medium sized<br />

precussion ensemble another instrument of each<br />

kind is added, making a pair; a "double<br />

TM<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

115


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

15. วงปพาทยเครื่อง<br />

หา<br />

16. วงปพาทยเครื่อง<br />

ใหญ<br />

ensemble.)<br />

- khruang ha (literally, “five instruments) (p.105)<br />

เครื่องหา<br />

(a small ensemble ---“of five<br />

instruments”) (glossary)<br />

- khruang haa (small size, “khruang haa” (lit.<br />

instruments/five) (p.95) , (the five –instrument or<br />

small sized piiphaat ensemble) (p.112) , เครื่องหา<br />

(lit. “instruments/five”; term added to<br />

conventional ensembles to indicate small size or<br />

type of instrumentation) (p.469)<br />

- wong pi-phat, khre-a-ng ha (small percussion<br />

ensemble consisting of five instruments and the<br />

Ching)<br />

- khruang yai (large ensemble, literally, “large<br />

group of instruments, large pi phat ensemble)<br />

(p.105, 107)<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TCM<br />

TMT<br />

116


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- khruang yay (large size. “khruang yay” (lit. TMMC<br />

“instrument/large)) (p.96) , เครื่องใหญ<br />

(lit.<br />

“instruments/large”; term added to conventional<br />

ensembles to indicate large size or type of<br />

instrumentation) (p.469)<br />

- wong pi-phat, khre-a-ng yai (large percussion<br />

ensemble; all the important percussion<br />

instruments are included)<br />

17. วงปพาทยชาตรี<br />

- wong piiphaat chaatrii (specialized ensemble)<br />

18. วงปพาทยดึกดํา<br />

บรรพ<br />

(p.486)<br />

- pi- pha-t cha-tri- ensemble (p.43)<br />

- wong piiphaat dukdamban (วง) ปพาทยดึกดํา<br />

บรรพ (ensemble which accompanies the dramatic<br />

genre, lakhaun dukdamban, one of several<br />

innovatiove forms developed largely by Prince<br />

Naris in the time of King Chulalongkorn, late 19 th<br />

century. A distinctive feature of this ensemble is<br />

the wong khaung chay, seven tuned gongs<br />

TCM<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMMC<br />

117


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

vertically suspended in a frame. Which does not<br />

appear in any other Thai ensembles) (p.486)<br />

- wong pi-phat, duk-dam-bun<br />

- pi-pha-t derk dam-ban (p. 34)<br />

19. วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

- pi phat nang hong ensemble (p.112) , pi phat nang<br />

hong ปพาทยนางหงส<br />

(the pi phat funeral<br />

ensemble) (glossary)<br />

- wong piiphaat naang hong (วง) ปพาทยนางหงส<br />

(ensemble formerly used in cremation<br />

ceremonies, but rare today) (p.486)<br />

- pi-pha-t na-ng hong ensemble (p.50,87)<br />

20. วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

- pi phat mon ensemble (p.113)<br />

- wong piiphaat maun (p.116) (วง) ปพาทยมอญ<br />

(the Mon-derived ensemble (which shares certain<br />

similarities to Burmese ensembles) commonly<br />

played at cremation ceremonies. Features Mon-<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

118


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

derived versions of the regular piiphaat<br />

instruments, plus the set of tuned drums, peeng<br />

maang khauk) (p.486)<br />

- pi-pha-t maw-n (p.34)<br />

<br />

21. วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

เครื่องคู<br />

- piiphaat maun khruang khuu (p.116) TMMC<br />

22. วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

- pi phat mai nuam (the pi phat ensemble using TMT<br />

padded sticks) (glossary)<br />

- may nuam (p.111) , ไมนวม (lit. “stick/ soft”;<br />

indicates the “soft” version of piiphaat) (p.476)<br />

- pi-pha-t mainuam ensemble (p.41)<br />

TMI<br />

TMMC<br />

23. วงปพาทยอยางเบา<br />

- light pi phat (p.104) TMT<br />

24. วงปพาทยอยาง<br />

หนัก<br />

TMI<br />

- heavy pi phat (p.104) TMT<br />

25. วงมโหรี - mahori มโหรี (an ensemble composed of melodic<br />

and rhythmic percussion instruments and flute)<br />

(glossary)<br />

TMT<br />

119


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

- mahoorii (wong) mahoorii (….actually a<br />

TMMC<br />

combination of khruang saay and piiphaat<br />

ensembles”; Jearadithaporn ibid:4: cf. Morton<br />

ibid:105 as well) (p.91), วงมโหรี (a standard type<br />

of ensemble, including both stringed and melodic<br />

percussive instruments. Ideally characterized by<br />

instruments of smaller size than those commonly<br />

used in piiphaat ensembles) (p.476)<br />

- the mahori ensemble (p.26)<br />

- maho-ri- (mixed string and percussion)ensemble<br />

(p.43,47)<br />

26. วงมโหรีเครื่องคู<br />

- medium sized or doubled mahori ensemble<br />

(p.109) , medium sized or doubled ensemble<br />

(p.111)<br />

TCM<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

120


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 2 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

27. วงมโหรีเครื่องเล็ก<br />

- small mahori ensemble (p.109), small ensemble TMT<br />

(p.111)<br />

- wong mahori khre-a-ng lek (small ensemble<br />

consisting of both string and percussion type<br />

instruments)<br />

28. วงมโหรีเครื่องสี่<br />

- original mahori (p.102)<br />

- wong mahori boran or ancient mahori<br />

TCM<br />

TMT<br />

TCM<br />

29. วงมโหรีเครื่องหก<br />

- wong mahori khre-a-ag hok TCM<br />

30. วงมโหรีเครื่อง<br />

ใหญ<br />

- large mahori ensemble (p.110), large ensemble<br />

(p.111)<br />

TMT<br />

121


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 3 Lists of Types of Thai musical instruments<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

1. เครื่องกํากับจังหวะ<br />

- rhythmic instruments (p.13)<br />

TM<br />

- rhythmic instruments (p.26)<br />

2. เครื่องดีด<br />

- plucked (p.91)<br />

3. เครื่องดําเนิน<br />

ทํานอง<br />

- khruang diit (plucked instruments) (p.78)<br />

- plucked stringed instruments (p.93)<br />

- melodic instruments (p.13)<br />

- melodic instruments (p.26)<br />

4. เครื่องตี<br />

- khruang tii (hit or beaten instruments) (p.78)<br />

- percussion section (13)<br />

- percussion instruments (p.8)<br />

TCM<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TM<br />

TCM<br />

TMMC<br />

5. เครื่องตีกํากับ<br />

จังหวะ<br />

- rhythmic percussion (p.64) TMT<br />

6. เครื่องตีดําเนิน<br />

ทํานอง<br />

- melodic percussion (p.45) TMT<br />

7. เครื่องเปา<br />

- woodwinds (p.78)<br />

TMT<br />

- khruang paw (blown instruments) (p.79)<br />

- wood-wind section (13)<br />

- wind instruments (p.71)<br />

TM<br />

TMI<br />

TMMC<br />

TM<br />

TMI<br />

122


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 3 (Continued)<br />

Thai term Representation Source<br />

8. เครื่องสาย<br />

- stringed instruments (p.91)<br />

TMT<br />

- strings (p.80)<br />

- stringed instruments (p.93)<br />

9. เครื่องสี<br />

- bowed (p.94)<br />

- khruang sii (bowed instruments) (p.78)<br />

- bowed stringed instruments (p.104)<br />

TMMC<br />

TMI<br />

TMT<br />

TMMC<br />

10. เครื่องหนัง<br />

- percussion instruments using skin or leather (p.35) TMI<br />

TMI<br />

123


<strong>Appendix</strong> B<br />

Strategies that Each Writer Used in Presenting English Terms of Thai Music


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 Strategies that Each Writer Used in Presenting English Terms of Thai Musical Instruments<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

<br />

<br />

เครื่องดีด<br />

กระจับป TMT krajapppi (long-necked plucked lute;<br />

origin unknown, name from<br />

Sanskrit:) (p.45)<br />

กระจับป (a plucked lute-type stringed<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Modifiers<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Description strategies<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

occasion it is played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

instrument) (glossary) <br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension/ implements<br />

used<br />

in playing, picture<br />

กระจับป TMMC kracappii (lute) (p.78)<br />

กระจับป (fretted lute-like instrument,<br />

strummed with a plectrum held in the<br />

peformer’s right hand. Not used in<br />

standard contemporary<br />

type of name<br />

ensembles) (p.471) <br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

125


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

กระจับป<br />

TMI gra jap pi (p.50)<br />

จะเข TMT<br />

chakae (“crocodile”, a three-stringed<br />

floor zither, a zither –type<br />

instrument) (p.44)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

จะเข (a zither-type stringed<br />

instrument) (glossary) <br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, pitch, picture<br />

จะเข TMMC chakhee (zither) (p.78) type of name<br />

จะเข (fretted zither-type instrument<br />

has three stings which are plucked<br />

with a plectrum tied to the<br />

performer’s right hand. The<br />

instrument lies horizontally on the<br />

floor. Appears in mahoorii and<br />

khruang saay ensembles, and is<br />

popular as a solo instrument) (p.461) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

position in ensemble,<br />

picture<br />

126


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

จะเข TCM jakay (s) (a medium size plucked<br />

string instrument) (p.27) <br />

จะเข TMI jakhay- (p.102)<br />

พิณ TMT phin (stick zither with one string and<br />

a half-gourd resonator ; India, from<br />

Sanskrit: Indian names for a plucked<br />

lute: vina (south India) and bina<br />

(north India)) (p.45)<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

พิณ (a stick zither –type stringed<br />

instrument) (glossary) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used, how it<br />

is played, origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

compare with other<br />

instruments, picture<br />

127


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

พิณ TMMC phin (plucked lute-type instruments.<br />

Morton explains that in former times<br />

the word was a cover term for all lutetype<br />

instrument (1976:91). Today, it<br />

usually appears in the names of<br />

several folk instruments. In my<br />

experience, phin alone referred to a<br />

lute-type instrument associated with<br />

Northern Thai folk music and<br />

occasionally used in folk-influenced<br />

urban pop music. (p.481) <br />

พิณ TMI phi-n (p.93) history<br />

พิณน้ําเตา<br />

TMT phin nam tao(p. 91) picture<br />

พิณน้ําเตา<br />

(a Type of phin) (glossary) <br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Description strategies<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

128


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

พิณน้ําเตา<br />

TMI phi-n nam tao (a stringed instrument<br />

made from a bottle gourd)(p.93)<br />

พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

TMT<br />

พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

TMI phi-n phia (p.96 )<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

phia (stick zither with four strings,<br />

the stick attached to a half –gourd<br />

chest resonator, which is placed<br />

against the vare chest of the<br />

performer during performance) (p.44)<br />

พิณเพียะ (a type of phin) (glossary) <br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

origin of<br />

name(instrument), how<br />

it is played, picture<br />

history, occasion it is<br />

played, how it is<br />

played, region where it<br />

is played, picture<br />

129


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

Modifiers<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

เครื่องสี<br />

ซอ TMT so (generic term for bowed stringed<br />

instruments) (p.44)<br />

ซอดวง TMT so duang (p.100)<br />

ซอ (a generic term for bowed<br />

stringed instruments) (glossary) <br />

ซอดวง (a stringed instrument ---two<br />

–stringed bowed lute with cylindrical<br />

resonator) (glossary) <br />

ซอดวง TMMC sau duang – (higher-pitched 2-<br />

stringed fiddle) (p.78)<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

picture<br />

130


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ซอดวง (higher –pitched and<br />

melodically dominant of the<br />

two-stringed fiddles.Resonating body<br />

made of hardwood cylinder, with<br />

snake-skin face. In contrast to<br />

Western fiddle –type instrument, the<br />

strings are not depressed against a<br />

fingerboard to produce pitches. Bow<br />

“attached” to in strument by being<br />

strung through the in strument’s<br />

strings) (p.491) <br />

ซอดวง TCM saw duang (s) (a two-string solo<br />

fiddle) (p.26)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

material/ region where<br />

it is played, picture<br />

131


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ซอดวง TMI saw- dua-ng (p.111)<br />

ซอสามสาย TMT so sam sai (bowed, three-stringed<br />

instrument) (p.44)<br />

<br />

ซอสามสาม (a stringed instrument --three<br />

–stringed bowed lute with<br />

triangular sound box) (glossary) <br />

ซอสามสาย TMMC sau saam saay (3 –stringed fiddle)<br />

(p.78)<br />

ซอสามสาย (three-stringed fiddle,<br />

used in mahoorii ensembles and in<br />

solo, and solo plus vocal, repetoire.<br />

the bow is no “atttached.” (p.491) <br />

ซอสามสาย TCM saw sam sai (a three-string fiddle)<br />

(p.27)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ compare with<br />

other instruments,<br />

picture<br />

type of name,<br />

information about<br />

players<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

material/ region where<br />

it is played<br />

132


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ซอสามสาย TMI saw-sa-m sai (p.105)<br />

ซอสามสายหลีบ TMMC sau saam saay lip (p.99) <br />

ซอสามสายหลีบ TCM saw sam sai lib (a smaller three-string<br />

fiddle with higher pitches) (p.27) <br />

ซอสามสายหลีบ TMI saw –li-p (small size saw) (p.109) <br />

ซออู<br />

TMT<br />

so u (the bowed stringed instrument<br />

with a sound box (resonating chamber<br />

or disphram) made from half an<br />

ordinary coconut shell) (p.97)<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitut<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

compare with other<br />

instruments, picture<br />

133


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ซออู (a string instrument ---two –<br />

stringed bowed lute with half coconut<br />

shell sound box) (glossary) <br />

ซออู<br />

TMMC sau uu (lower –pitched 2-stringed<br />

fiddle) (p.78)<br />

ซออู (lower pitched and melodically<br />

subordinate of the two-stringed<br />

fiddles. Resonating body made of<br />

coconut shell, with leather face;<br />

sound-holes carved into back. Bow is<br />

“attached” as on sau duang) (p.491) <br />

ซออู TCM saw oo (s) (a two-string<br />

accompanying fiddle) (p.27)<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

body positions and<br />

postures of players,<br />

picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

material/ region where<br />

it is played, picture<br />

134


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ซออู<br />

TMI saw –u- (p.109)<br />

เครื่องตี<br />

เครื่องตีดําเนินทํานอง<br />

ขิม TMT khim ขิม (a zither –type stringed<br />

instrument = the Chinese yang ch’in)<br />

(glossary) <br />

<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

ขิม TMMC khim ขิม (hammered zither or<br />

dulcimer –like instrument, derived<br />

within last century from China and<br />

hence not a standard part of any<br />

ensemble; one informant cited the<br />

year 1924 for its introduction to<br />

Thailand. Popular with amateur<br />

players and young students, the<br />

instrument can be performed solo or<br />

added to mahoorii and khruang saay<br />

ensembles) (p.467) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, compare with<br />

other instruments,<br />

picture<br />

135


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฆอง TMT khong (gong or gong- kettles) (p.44)<br />

ฆอง (a gong or gong-kettles)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ฆอง TMI khaw-ng (gong) (p.25)<br />

<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

material/ instrument<br />

used for playing,<br />

compare to other<br />

instruments<br />

ฆองกระแต TMI khaw-ng gratae (p.28) occasion it is played<br />

ฆองกลาง TMT khong (wong) klang (“medium-sized”<br />

circle of gongs) (p.51)<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

ฆองกลาง TCM medium gong set (p.27) <br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

size/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used, sound,<br />

octave, picture<br />

136


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ฆองชัย TMI khaw-ng chai (p.27)<br />

ฆองมอญ TMT khong mon ฆองมอญ (gong –circle on<br />

a crescent- shaped rack) (glossary)<br />

ฆองมอญ TMMC khaung maun ฆองมอญ (Mon gongs;<br />

<br />

<br />

set of tuned, kettle-shaped gongs,<br />

suspended on upright, u-shaped rack.<br />

Appears in the piiphaat maun) (p.466) <br />

ฆองมอญ TMI khaw-ng maw-n (p.33)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension/<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

origin of<br />

name(instument)<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

material/ occasion it is<br />

played, ensemble in<br />

which it is used, picture<br />

type of name<br />

appearance: shape/<br />

type, ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

picture<br />

137


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ฆองมอญวงเล็ก TMMC 116)<br />

ฆองมอญเล็ก (Mon gongs; set of<br />

tuned, kettle-shaped gongs, suspended<br />

on upright, u-shaped rack. Appears<br />

in the piiphaat maun, ,smaller,<br />

higher-pitched, melodically<br />

subordinate instrument) (p.466) <br />

ฆองราง TMT khong rang (eight kettles on a straight<br />

rack) (p.46)<br />

ฆองราง(row of gong –kettles on a<br />

rack) (glossary) <br />

ฆองราง TMI khaw-ng ra-ng (p.30)<br />

<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

ฆองวง TMT khong wong (set or circle of gongkettles<br />

on a stand) (p.44) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape/ picture<br />

history, ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

function, compare to<br />

other instruments,<br />

picture<br />

138


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฆองวง TMMC khaung wong ฆองวง (lit “gong<br />

circle”; circular rack of kettle –<br />

shaped, bossed gongs which lies<br />

horizontally on the floor; performer<br />

sits inside the “circle.”. Played with<br />

two mallets. Fills important<br />

leadership role in piiphaat ensemble.)<br />

(p.466) <br />

ฆองวงเล็ก TMT<br />

khong wong lek (small circle of<br />

gongs, a small set of gong-kettles)<br />

(p.50,51)<br />

ฆองวงเล็ก (small gong –circle)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ฆองวงเล็ก TMMC khaung wong lek (small gong-circle)<br />

(p.78)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitut<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, octave, pitch,<br />

picture<br />

139


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ฆองวงเล็ก (lit “gong circle”; circular<br />

rack of kettle –shaped, bossed gongs<br />

which lies horizontally on the floor;<br />

performer sits inside the “circle.”.<br />

Played with two mallets. Fills<br />

important leadership role in piiphaat<br />

ensemble,smaller, higher-pitched,<br />

melodically subordinate instrument)<br />

(p.466) <br />

ฆองวงเล็ก TM the gong wong lek (Approximate<br />

equivalents among the Western<br />

instrument; Celesta.) (p.36)<br />

(Celesta) (p.48,49) <br />

ฆองวงเล็ก TCM small gong set (p.26, 27) <br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension/ scale, pitch<br />

140


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations<br />

ฆองวงเล็ก TMI khaw-ng wong lek (small circle of<br />

gongs) (p.32)<br />

ฆองวงใหญ TMT khong wong yai (large circle of<br />

gongs) (p.45)<br />

ฆองวงใหญ (large gong- circle)<br />

(glossary)<br />

Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, instrument in<br />

which it is used<br />

history, appearcnce:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/<br />

implement used in<br />

playing, position in<br />

ensemble, octave,<br />

picture<br />

141


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฆองวงใหญ TMMC khaung wong yai (large gong- circle)<br />

(p.78)<br />

ฆองวงใหญ (lit “gong circle”;<br />

circular rack of kettle –shaped,<br />

bossed gongs which lies horizontally<br />

on the floor; performer sits inside the<br />

“circle.”. Played with two mallets.<br />

Fills important leadership role in<br />

piiphaat ensemble, larger,<br />

lower-pitched, melodically dominant<br />

instrument.)(p.466)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

type of name, type of<br />

players,<br />

position in ensemble,<br />

function, picture<br />

142


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฆองวงใหญ TM the gong wong yai (Approximate<br />

equivalents among the Western<br />

instrument; Resonophone or<br />

Tubaphone or Glockenspiel.) (p.36)<br />

(Resonophone or Clockenspiel) (p.50)<br />

ฆองวงใหญ TCM big gong set (p. 26) <br />

ฆองวงใหญ TMI khaw-ng wong yai (large circle of<br />

gong) (p.32)<br />

ระนาด TMT ranat (xylophone – set of wooden<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

<br />

keys on a stand) (p.44) <br />

ระนาด TCM ranad (a wooden xylophone) (p. 26) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

scale, appearance:<br />

shape, material,<br />

dimension/ pitch, about<br />

performer, how it is<br />

played, ensemble in<br />

which it is used, picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension/<br />

instrument in which it<br />

is used, picture<br />

histoy, picture<br />

information of material<br />

143


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

ระนาดทอง TMT ranat thong (p.62)<br />

ระนาดทอง (a metallophone ;<br />

original name of the ranat ek lek)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ระนาดทอง TMI<br />

rana-t thaw-ng or rana-t ay-k lek<br />

(p.20) <br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

TMT ranat thum (p.57) history, appearance:<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

(low –pitched xylophone) (<br />

dimension/ pitch,<br />

glossary) <br />

picture<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

TMMC ranaat thum (ranaat is xylophone;<br />

thum translated to be low or deep in<br />

tone) (p.78)<br />

(xylophone) (p.116)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

(lower –pitched and<br />

melodically subordinate of the<br />

wooden –keyed xylophones; actually,<br />

the keys may be made of bamboo.<br />

Wooden body is narrow and<br />

rectangular, box-like compared to the<br />

ranaat eek.) (p.488) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

type of name, position<br />

in ensemble, picture<br />

144


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

TM<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

ranad thume or thume mai<br />

(Approximate equivalents among the<br />

Western instrument; Alto<br />

Xylophone with wooden-resonance<br />

bars or Marimba) (p.36)<br />

(Xylophone alto or Marimba)<br />

(p.48,49) <br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

TCM ranad toom (p.26) picture<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

TMI rana-t thum (p.19)<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Hyphenated<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ picture<br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

TMT ranat thum lek (p.63) history, appearance:<br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

(low-pitched<br />

metallophone ) (glossary) <br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Modifiers<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

shape/ pitch, picture<br />

145


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies Explanation of<br />

Modifiers<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

TMMC ranaat thum lek , (lek is iron; these<br />

iron-keyed xylophones are musical<br />

partners to the wooden ones above,<br />

and used only in the larger-sized<br />

piiphaat ensembles) (p.78)<br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

(metal keyed version,<br />

used in the larger piiphaat<br />

ensembles.) (p.488) <br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

TM ranad thong thume or thume lek<br />

(Approximate equivalents among the<br />

Western instrument; Alto Xylophone<br />

with steel-resonance bars) (p.36)<br />

(Resonophone alto) (p.48,49) <br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

TCM ranad toom lek (with metal keys)<br />

Transliteration<br />

(p.26) <br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

picture<br />

146


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

TMI rana-t thum lek (p.21)<br />

ระนาดเอก TMT ranat ek (a xylophone with a boatshaped<br />

resonating box supported on a<br />

small pedistal) (p.54)<br />

<br />

ระนาดเอก (high –pitched xylophone)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ระนาดเอก TMMC ranaat eek (ranaat is xylophone; eek<br />

means first, or one) (p.78),<br />

(xylophone) (p.116)<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

ระนาดเอก (higher pitched and<br />

melodically dominant wooden –keyed<br />

xylophone, played with pair of<br />

mallets. Wooden body is<br />

boat-shaped) (p.488). <br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ instrument<br />

used for playing, picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, material/ sound,<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, pitch, picture<br />

type of name, position<br />

in ensemble, function,<br />

picture<br />

147


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ระนาดเอก TM the ranad ek (Approximate<br />

equivalents among the Western<br />

instrument; Treble Xylophone with<br />

wooden-resonamce bars (p.36)<br />

(Xylophone, treble) (p.48,50) <br />

ระนาดเอก TCM ranad ek (p.26) <br />

ระนาดเอก TMI rana-t ay-k (p.15)<br />

ระนาดเอกทอง TM<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

ranad thong ek or thume lek<br />

(Approximate equivalents among<br />

the Western instrument; Treble<br />

Xylophone with steel- resonance<br />

bars) (p.36) <br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

scale, appearance:<br />

material, dimension/<br />

number, ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

implements used for<br />

playing, picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ function,<br />

picture<br />

scale, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used, picture<br />

148


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ระนาดเอกเหล็ก TMT ranat ek lek or ranat thong (iron ranat<br />

ek) (p.62)<br />

ระนาดเอกเหล็ก (high-pitched<br />

metallophone) (glossary) <br />

ระนาดเอกเหล็ก TMMC ranaat eek lek (lek is iron; these ironkeyed<br />

xylophones are musical<br />

partners to the wooden ones above,<br />

and used only in the larger-sized<br />

piiphaat ensembles) (p.78)<br />

ระนาดเอกเหล็ก TCM<br />

ระนาดเอกเหล็ก (metal-keyed<br />

version, included in the larger<br />

piiphaat ensembles) (p.488) <br />

ranad ek lek (with metal keys) (p.26) <br />

ระนาดเอกเหล็ก TMI rana-t thaw-ng or rana-t ay-k lek<br />

(p.20)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, material/<br />

picture<br />

picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ picture<br />

149


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

วงฆองชัย TMMC<br />

เครื่องตีกํากับจังหวะ<br />

กรับ TMT<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

wong khaung chay (a set of seven<br />

vertically- suspended gongs, the gong<br />

pitches outline the main melodic<br />

pitches of songs) (p.110)<br />

วงฆองชัย (circular rack of vertically<br />

suspended gongs, of different sizes<br />

and pitches, used in the piiphaat<br />

dukdamban enesmble) (p.497) <br />

วงฆองชัย TMI wong khaw-ng chai (circle of khawng<br />

chai gongs)(p.35)<br />

<br />

krap (rhythm sticks made from pieces<br />

of bamboo, cut and polished (p.44)<br />

กรับ a wooden percussion<br />

instrument; a pair is held in each hand<br />

(glossary) <br />

กรับ TMI grap (p.13) <br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used<br />

150


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

กรับคู<br />

TMI grap khu (pair of grap) (p.13)<br />

กรับพวง TMT<br />

krap phuang (consists of several long<br />

thin sheets of metal alternated with<br />

thin pieces of wood) (p.102)<br />

<br />

กรับพวง (a percussion instrument of<br />

loose pieces tied together; held in the<br />

right hand and slapped against the<br />

palm of the left) (glossary) <br />

กรับพวง TMI grap phuang (cluster or bunch of<br />

grap) (p.14)<br />

กรับเสภา TMT<br />

krap sepha (two nearly square bars of<br />

hardwood about one and a half inches<br />

wide on each side by eight inches<br />

long) (p.54)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

material/ how it is<br />

played, picture (shown<br />

in a picture<br />

ensemble)<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

how it is played,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

picture<br />

151


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

กรับเสภา TMMC<br />

กรับเสภา TMI grap say-pha- (p.14)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

กรับเสภา (a wooden percussion<br />

instrument) (glossary) <br />

krap seephaa กรับเสภา (pair of<br />

wooden bars, held in each hand of a<br />

performer. Clacked together to<br />

produce rhythmic accompaniment for<br />

recited epic genre, seephaa) (p.472) <br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

กลอง TMT klong (drum) (p.44)<br />

กลอง (generic word for “drum”)<br />

(glossary) <br />

กลอง TMI glaw-ng (drum) (p.35) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

how it is played, picture<br />

152


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

กลองแขก TMT klong khaek (“foreign” or Indian<br />

drum) (p.45)<br />

กลองแขก (“foreign drum”) (glossary) <br />

กลองแขก TMMC klaung kheek (pair of double-headed<br />

drums, held on laps of two separate<br />

players) (p.79)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

กลองแขก (cylindrical, two-headed<br />

drums held horizontally across<br />

performer’s laps. Leather heads are<br />

laced on. Played in pairs by two<br />

performers. Commonly substituted<br />

for taphoon in piiphaat ensembles and<br />

thoon/rammanaa in mahoorii and<br />

khrung saay ensembles) (p.471) <br />

กลองแขก TCM glong tahd picture<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

tempo, picture<br />

gender of instruments,<br />

picture<br />

153


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

กลองแขก TMI glaw-ng khae-k (p.48)<br />

กลองชนะ TMMC<br />

กลองชนะ TMI glaw-ng chana (p.51)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

klaung chana กลองชนะ (drum<br />

similar to the klaung kheek but<br />

appearing in the rare pageant<br />

ensemble, tree sang klaung chana.<br />

Decorated in festive colors) (p.471) <br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

how it is played, origin<br />

of name(instument),<br />

compare to other<br />

instruments, ensemble<br />

in which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ occasion it is<br />

played<br />

154


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

กลองชวา TMT klong chawa (Javanese drum) (in<br />

context:73)<br />

กลองชวา (“Javanese drum” – that is,<br />

a Javanese-derived drum) (glossary) <br />

กลองชวา TMI glaw-ng cha wa- (Javanese drums)<br />

(p.48) <br />

กลองชาตรี TMT<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

klong chatri (drum used in the<br />

southern theater (p.44), (a drum with<br />

pegged heads, like the klong that but<br />

much smaller –the body being about<br />

ten inches high, the heads about eight<br />

inches in diameter) (p.104)<br />

กลองชาตรี (a drum of southern<br />

Thailand) (glossary) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

155


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

กลองชาตรี TMMC klaung chaatrii (p.112) type of name,<br />

picture<br />

กลองชาตรี (goblet-shaped drum<br />

unique to the piiphaat chaatrii, oned<br />

used for the dramatic genre lakhaun<br />

chaatrii. That ensemble can also be<br />

called chaatrii. the “light” version of<br />

the small-sized piphaat ensemble,<br />

today accompanying southern-style (<br />

“chaatrii” or “nooraa”) epic drama<br />

(p.470) <br />

กลองชาตรี TMI glaw-ng cha-tri (p. 38)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, occasion it is<br />

played, region where it<br />

is played, picture<br />

156


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies Explanation of<br />

Modifiers<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

กลองตะโพน TMI glaw-ng ta pho-n (two ta pho-n<br />

drums) (p.41)<br />

กลองตุก<br />

TMI glaw-ng tuk (p.38) <br />

<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used, type,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

how it is played, picture<br />

กลองทัด TMT klong that (p.72) history, appearance:<br />

กลองทัด (large barrel –shaped<br />

peg-headed drum) (glossary) <br />

กลองทัด TMMC klaung that (pair of upright drums, hit<br />

with sticks) (p.79)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

กลองทัด (pair of drums played by<br />

single performer; hit with sticks.<br />

Heads tacked on. Appear in the<br />

piiphaat ensemble) (p.471) <br />

dimension, material/<br />

how it is played, picture<br />

picture<br />

157


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

กลองทัด TM the klong thad (a thick large drum)<br />

(p.14) (Approximate equivalents<br />

among the Western instrument;<br />

Timpani) (p.36) <br />

กลองทัด TCM glong tahd (twin drums) (p.26) <br />

กลองทัด TMI glaw-ng that (p.35)<br />

กลองมะริกัน TMT klong marigan (American bass drum)<br />

(p.45)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

กลองมริกัน (American bass drum)<br />

(glossary) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

compare to other<br />

instruments, picture<br />

158


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

กลองมะริกัน TMI glaw-ng mari gan (glaw-ng amay-ri<br />

gan or American drum) (p.63)<br />

กลองมลายู TMT klong malayu (Malayan drum) (p.45)<br />

กลองมลายู TMMC<br />

<br />

กลองมลายู (Malayan drum) (glossary) <br />

klaung malaayuu (a drum similar in<br />

appearance to the klaung kheek, and<br />

similarly played in pairs, Malay drum)<br />

Transliteration<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

กลองมลายู (drums, played in pairs,<br />

similar in appearance to klaung<br />

kheek. Appear in the rare ensembles,<br />

wong bua lauy and wong piiphaat<br />

naang hong, both of which are used in<br />

cremation ceremonies) (p.471) <br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

type of name<br />

159


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies Explanation of<br />

Modifiers<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

กลองมลายู TMI glaw-ng mala-yu- (p.49)<br />

กลองยาว TMT klong yao (long drum)<br />

(p.44)<br />

กลองยาว TMI glaw-ng yao- (p.58)<br />

กลองสองหนา TMT<br />

<br />

กลองยาว (long drum) (glossary) <br />

song na (literally, “two faces,” that is,<br />

a two-headed drum) (p.71)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

สองหนา (a medium-sized,<br />

hand-played drum) (glossary) <br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ how it is<br />

played, origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

position in ensemble,<br />

picture<br />

160


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

กลองสองหนา TMMC<br />

saung naa (lit “two -faced drums,”<br />

which replaces the taphoon in certain<br />

types of piiphaat ensemble repertoire)<br />

(p.79)<br />

สองหนา (lit” two faces”, referring to<br />

this drum’s two heads. Cylindrical<br />

shaped (in contrast to the barrel shape<br />

of the taphoon); often substituted for<br />

taphoon in the piiphaat ensemble<br />

serving as vocal accompaniment)<br />

(p.491) <br />

กลองสองหนา TM the song na (a small long drum used<br />

in conjunction with other instruments,<br />

and also called Poeng Mang<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

(เปงมาง) when it is differently used<br />

for accompanying songs) (p.14) <br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

type of name, picture<br />

161


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

กลองสองหนา TMI saw-ng na (two drumheads) (p.55)<br />

<br />

เกราะ TMT kro (small “slit drum” made from a<br />

piece of bamboo with nodes at each<br />

end (p.44)<br />

เกราะ an old bamboo percussion<br />

instrument (glossary) <br />

เกราะ TMI graw (p.9)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

โกรง TMT krong (large bamboo “slit drum,”<br />

several nodes in length (p.44)<br />

โกรง an old bamboo percussion<br />

instrument (glossary) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

function, ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

material/ how it is<br />

played, occasion it is<br />

played, picture<br />

162


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

โกรง TMI gro-ng (p.11)<br />

ฆองคู<br />

TMT<br />

<br />

<br />

khong khu (kettles similar to those<br />

used on the khong wong, fastened<br />

horizontally in a small rectangular<br />

box frame) (p.104)<br />

ฆองคู (a pair of gong- kettles)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ฆองคู<br />

TMMC khaung khuu (a pair of small gongs<br />

set in a box) (p.112)<br />

ฆองคู<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

(two kettle- shaped gongs<br />

inside a rectangular frame. Appears in<br />

the “light” version of the smallest<br />

size of piiphaat ensembles) (p.466) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

occasion of plyaing,<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

picture<br />

163


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฆองคู<br />

TMI khaw-ng khu- (a pair of gongs) (p.28)<br />

ฆองระเบ็ง TMT khong rabeng (gong used for the<br />

rabeng, an ancient Type of vocal<br />

entertainment music) (p.44)<br />

<br />

ฆองระเบง (an old style gong)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ฆองระเบ็ง TMI khaw-ng rabay-ng (p.29) <br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

ฆองราว TMT khong rao or khong hui (set of gongs<br />

on a rack) (p.67)<br />

ฆองราว (set of gongs on a stand)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ฆองราว TMMC khaung raaw (khaung huy) (p.124) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape/ occasion it is<br />

played, reginal of<br />

playing, picture<br />

164


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฆองราว TMI khaw-ng rao (p.29)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

ฆองหุย<br />

TMT khong rao or khong hui (set of three<br />

gongs on a rack) (p.67)<br />

ฆองหุย<br />

(a gong on a tripod stand)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ฆองหุย<br />

TMMC huy or khaung huy หุย,<br />

ฆองหุย<br />

(set of<br />

3, 5 or 7 vertically –suspended<br />

gongs, used in piiphaat during certain<br />

epic episodes) (p.465) <br />

ฆองหุย<br />

TM the gong hooi (consisting of a set of<br />

3,5, or 7 gongs of different sizes, and<br />

therefore of different pitches) (p.14) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance, how<br />

played, occasion<br />

played, other names,<br />

picture<br />

165


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฆองหุย<br />

TMI khaw-ng mui or khaw-ng hui (p.27) <br />

ฆองเหมง TMT<br />

ฆองเหมง TMMC<br />

khong meng (a small gong held up<br />

manually by a curved wooden handle<br />

from which it is suspended and struck<br />

with a piece of wood or a padded<br />

beater) (p.103)<br />

ฆองเหมง (a small, suspended, hand-<br />

held gong) (glossary) <br />

khaung meeng ฆองเมง (small gong,<br />

suspended manually and hit with a<br />

mallet or stick. Appeared in historical<br />

ensembles) (p.466) <br />

ฆองเหมง TMI khaw-ng may-ng (p.27)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

instrument used for<br />

playing, picture<br />

166


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฆองโหมง TMI khaw-ng mo-ng (p.26)<br />

<br />

ฉาบ TMT chap (medium-sized metal hand<br />

cymbals) (p.44) <br />

ฉาบ TMMC chaap ฉาบ (pair of metal hand –<br />

cymbals, larger than the ching and<br />

somewhat flatter. Used to emphasize<br />

important metric pulses in larger<br />

piiphaat ensembles) (p.462) <br />

ฉาบ TMI cha-p (a pair of small metal cymbals)<br />

(p.24)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension/<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

type, function, compare<br />

to other instruments<br />

167


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฉาบเล็ก TMT chap lek (a pair of medium-sized<br />

cymbals of flat metal with a central<br />

rounded boss about three-quarters of<br />

an inch deep) (p.66)<br />

ฉับเล็ก (medium –size cymbals)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ฉาบเล็ก TMMC chaap lek (hand cymbals) (p.117)<br />

ฉาบเล็ก (pair of metal hand-cymbals,<br />

larger than the ching and somewhat<br />

flatter. Used to emphasize important<br />

metric pulses in larger piiphaat<br />

ensembles, smaller sized, used more<br />

frequently) (p.462) <br />

ฉาบเล็ก TM the charb lek (Approximate<br />

equivalents among the Western<br />

instrument; Small cymbals) (p.36)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

(Medium cymbals) (p.50) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used, how it<br />

is played, picture<br />

168


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฉาบเล็ก TCM cymbals picture<br />

ฉาบเล็ก TMI cha-p lek (p.24)<br />

<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

function, picture<br />

ฉาบใหญ TMT chap yai (p.67) appearance: shape<br />

ฉับใหญ (large –size cymbals)<br />

(glossary)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

ฉาบใหญ TMMC chaap yay ฉาบใหญ (pair of metal<br />

hand-cymbals, larger than the ching<br />

and somewhat flatter. Used to<br />

emphasize important metric pulses in<br />

larger piiphaat ensembles, larger size)<br />

(p.462) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

dimension/ size,<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

169


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฉาบใหญ TM<br />

the charb yai, (Approximate<br />

equivalents among the Western<br />

instrument; Large cymbals) (p.36)<br />

(Large cymbals) (p.50) <br />

ฉาบใหญ TCM cymbals picture<br />

ฉาบใหญ TMI cha-p yai (p.24)<br />

ฉิ่ง<br />

TMT ching (small metal hand cymbals)<br />

(p.44)<br />

(a pair of cymbals made of thick<br />

metal and shaped like teacups or<br />

small hollow cones) (p.64),<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

(small hand cymbals) (p.65)<br />

ฉิ ่ง (small hand cymbals) (glossary) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

function, picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

how it is played,<br />

tempo, picture<br />

170


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ฉิ่ง<br />

TMMC ching (small metal hand –cymbals)<br />

(p.79)<br />

type of name, position<br />

in ensemble,<br />

(cymbals) (p.117)<br />

ฉิ่ง<br />

(small metal hand-cymbals,<br />

ubiquitous in Thai classical music.<br />

Mark important metric pluses which<br />

function, picture<br />

indicate chan.) (p.464) <br />

ฉิ่ง<br />

TM the ching (Approximate equivalents<br />

among the Western instrument;<br />

Triangle) (p.36) (Small cymbals)<br />

(p.48,50) <br />

ฉิ่ง<br />

TCM ching (small cymbals) (p.27) <br />

ฉิ่ง<br />

TMI ching (a pair of cymbals) (p.23)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ function,<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

171


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ตะโพน TMT<br />

taphon (the main drum used in the pi<br />

phat (percussion) ensemble) (p.68)<br />

ตะโพน (a barrel-shaped drum on a<br />

stand) (glossary)<br />

ตะโพน TMMC taphoon (double headed drum. “the<br />

most important rhythm instrument.”<br />

(p.79)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

ตะโพน (two headed barrel shaped<br />

drum used in piiphaat ensemble. Ash<br />

and rice mixture applied to lower<br />

head for tuning. Heads tuned to an<br />

interval of approximately one fifth,<br />

but not tuned definitely in relation to<br />

ensemble. Of ritual significance, and<br />

not played by females) (p.493) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ sound,<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, instruction of<br />

playing, picture<br />

gender of player, picture<br />

172


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

ตะโพน TM the tapone (a kind of hand timpano<br />

with drum-heads covering both ends)<br />

(p.14) (Approximate equivalents<br />

among the Western instrument; small<br />

hand tympano) (p.36) (small hand<br />

tympano) (p.48,50) <br />

ตะโพน TCM tapohn (two-sided drum) (p.26) <br />

ตะโพน TMI ta-pho-n (p.39)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

how it is played,<br />

compare to other<br />

instruments, picture<br />

173


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ตะโพนมอญ TMT taphon mon (p.69) appearance: shape,<br />

taphon mon ตะโพนมอญ (the mon<br />

model of the taphon) (glossary)<br />

<br />

ตะโพนมอญ TMMC taphoon maun (two-sided drum)<br />

(p.117) <br />

ตะโพนมอญ TMI ta pho-n maw-n (p.40)<br />

ทับ TMI tho-n or thap (p.42)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

dimenstion/ size,<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

compare to other<br />

instruments, picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

material/ occasion it is<br />

played<br />

174


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

โทน TMT thon (goblet or vase drum; India,<br />

from “dhol”?) (p.45)<br />

โทน TMMC<br />

โทน (a goblet or inverted<br />

vase-shaped drum with a single head)<br />

(glossary) <br />

thoon (goblet-shaped drum, leather<br />

head laced on, usually played<br />

simultaneously by one person, and<br />

conceived of as one unit musically.<br />

Hence they are referred to in<br />

conjunction, thoon/rammanaa.) (p.79)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

โทน (goblet-shaped drum with<br />

ceramic body, leather head laced on.<br />

Paired with rammanaa and played by<br />

a single musician, for the rhythmic<br />

parts of the two form one pattern.<br />

Sometimes called thoon mahoorii to<br />

distinguish from below (below means<br />

thon chaatrii) (p.495) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape/ picture<br />

type of name, picture<br />

175


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

โทน TCM tohn(p.27) picture<br />

โทน TMI tho-n or thap (p.42)<br />

<br />

history, appearance:<br />

material/ occasion it is<br />

played<br />

โทนชาตรี TMT thon chatri (p.76) appearance: shape,<br />

โทนชาตรี TMMC thoon chaatrii (p.112)<br />

โทนชาตรี TMI tho-n cha-tri- (p.43)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

โทนชาตรี (a drum of south Thailand<br />

; small-size klong that) (glossary) <br />

โทนชาตรี (similar to above (above<br />

means thoon mahoorii) but played in<br />

pairs in southern Thailand to<br />

accompany shadow theater and<br />

lakhaun nooraa) (p.495) <br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

material/ occasion it is<br />

played, picture<br />

appearance: dimension,<br />

material/ ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

how it is played, picture<br />

176


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

โทนมโหรี TMT thon mahori โทนมโหรี (the thon<br />

drum used in the mahori ensemble)<br />

(glossary) <br />

โทนมโหรี TMI tho-n maho-ri- (p.43)<br />

บัณเฑาะว TMT bando (small hourglass drum; India;<br />

Pali: “panawa” ) (p.45)<br />

<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

บัณเฑาะว (a small, hand drum)<br />

(glossary) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, how it is played,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

compare to other<br />

instruments, picture<br />

origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

appearance: shape<br />

177


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

บัณเฑาะว TMMC banthau (small two-faced ,hand-held<br />

drum) (p.116)<br />

บัณเฑาะว TMI ban daw (p.33)<br />

เปงมาง TMT poeng mang (p.113)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

banthau บัณเฑาะว (a percussion<br />

instrument. Two drumheads attached<br />

to a stick, sounded by balls attached<br />

to strings when rolled between the<br />

hands) (p.460) <br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

เปงมาง (a small, thong –wrapped<br />

barrel –shaped drum) (glossary) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

compare to other<br />

instruments, picture<br />

178


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

เปงมาง TMI per-ng ma-ng (p.52)<br />

<br />

เปงมางคอก TMT poeng mang khok (p.113)<br />

เปงมางคอก (a set of drum on their<br />

stand) (glossary) <br />

เปงมางคอก TMMC peeng maang khauk (circle of tuned<br />

drums) (p.117)<br />

เปงมางคอก (set of seven tuned drums<br />

(each a peeng maang) arranged<br />

vertically in a semicircular frame,<br />

used in the piiphaat maun ensemble)<br />

(p.480) <br />

เปงมางคอก TMI per-ng ma-ng khaw-k (a group of<br />

seven per-ng ma-ng drums) (p.54)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Description strategies Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ occasion it is<br />

played, picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

function, ensemble in<br />

which it is used, picture<br />

179


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

มโหระทึก TMI maho-ra therk (p.64)<br />

รํามะนา TMT<br />

รํามะนา TMMC<br />

rammana (a shallow frame drum with<br />

one head, about the size of a Western<br />

tambourine but without the<br />

“jangles.”) (p.77)<br />

<br />

รํามะนา (a small frame drum)<br />

(glossary) <br />

rammanaa (a frame drum, usually<br />

played simultaneously by one person,<br />

and conceived of as one unit<br />

musically. Hence they are referred to<br />

in conjunction,<br />

thoon/rammanaa) (p.79)<br />

Transliteration<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ occasion it is<br />

played, origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

picture<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ reference to<br />

another book, picture<br />

picture<br />

180


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

รํามะนา (frame drum, with shallow<br />

wooden (sometimes ivory) body.<br />

Leather head is tacked on. Paired with<br />

thoon and played by a single<br />

musician, for the rhythmic parts of<br />

the two form one pattern) (p.487) <br />

รํามะนา TCM ramana (a small hand drum) (p.27) picture<br />

รํามะนา TMI ram mana- (p.46)<br />

appearance: shape/<br />

type, origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

compare to other<br />

<br />

instruments, picture<br />

โหมง TMT mong (p.67) appearance: shape,<br />

โหมง (a large gong) (glossary)<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

material, dimension,<br />

picture<br />

181


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

โหมง TMMC moong or khaung moong (suspended<br />

gong) (p.117)<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

(ฆอง) โหมง (metal gong suspended<br />

from tripod. Appears in some of the<br />

larger sized standard ensembles)<br />

(p.476) <br />

โหมง TM the mong (Approximate equivalents<br />

among the Western instrument; No<br />

equivalent except perhaps tom-tom or<br />

gong) (p.36) (Large Gong) (p.48,50) <br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

picture<br />

182


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

โหมง TCM mong picture<br />

โหมง TMI mong (p.26) <br />

เครื่องเปา<br />

เครื่องเปาไมมีลิ้น<br />

ขลุย<br />

TMT khlui (vertical bamboo flute with<br />

pegged mouthpiece) (p.77)<br />

ขลุย<br />

(the bamboo flute) (glossary) <br />

ขลุย<br />

TMMC khluy (vertical flute. Different sizes<br />

and ranges are indicated by noun<br />

modifiers) (p.79)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

ขลุย<br />

(vertically- held flute: appears in<br />

various named sizes, each of which<br />

is associated with a different mode or<br />

pitch level. Commonly used as a<br />

solo instrument, it also appears in<br />

khruang saay ensemble, and in the<br />

“soft” version of piiphaat ensembles.<br />

Used in the public schools for music<br />

education.) (p.468) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material<br />

type of name, picture<br />

183


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

ขลุย<br />

TMI khlui (flute types) (p.72)<br />

ขลุยกรวด<br />

TMI khlui grua-t (p.74) <br />

<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

type, compare with<br />

other instruments<br />

ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

TMT khlui phiang o (p.78) appearance: dimension/<br />

ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

(the medium –size<br />

bamboo flute) (glossary) <br />

ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

TMMC khuly piang au (p.97) picture<br />

ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

TCM klui piang-or (a bamboo flute) (p.27) picture<br />

ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

TMI khlui phia-ng aw- (the middle-sized<br />

khlui) (p.74)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

size,<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

184


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

Modifiers<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

ขลุยหลีบ<br />

TMT khlui lip (p.78) appearance: dimension/<br />

ขลุยหลีบ<br />

(the small –size bamboo<br />

flute) (glossary) <br />

ขลุยหลีบ<br />

TMMC khluy lip (another size of flute) (p.97) picture<br />

ขลุยหลีบ<br />

TCM<br />

klui lib (a smaller and higher pitched<br />

bamboo flute) (p.27) <br />

ขลุยหลีบ<br />

TMI khlui-li-p (the smallest-sized khlui)<br />

(p.74)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

size,<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

picture<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

ขลุยอู<br />

TMT khlui u (p.78) appearance: dimension/<br />

ขลุยอู<br />

(the large –size bamboo flute)<br />

(glossary) <br />

ขลุยอู<br />

TMMC khluy uu (p.83) picture<br />

size,<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

185


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

ขลุยอู<br />

TMI khlui-u- (the largest-sized khlui)<br />

(p.74)<br />

แตร TMI trae- (p.89)<br />

<br />

<br />

แตรงอน TMMC tree ngaun (trumpets made from<br />

animal horns) (p.116, 496) <br />

แตรงอน TMI trae-ngaw-n (curved trumpet) (p.89)<br />

แตรฝรั่ง<br />

TMI<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

trae-farang (European trumpet) (p.91) <br />

แตรลางโพง TMI trae- la-ng pho-ng (p.91) <br />

Modifiers<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

type<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension/<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

picture<br />

history, occasion it is<br />

played, picture<br />

186


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

แตรลําโพง TMI trae-lam pho-ng (p.91) <br />

แตรวิลันดา TMI trae-wilanda- (p.91) <br />

เครื่องเปามีลิ้น<br />

ปTMT<br />

pi (p.78)<br />

ป<br />

history<br />

(double-reed instrument) (glossary) <br />

ป<br />

TMMC pii (oboe-like double -reed<br />

instruments of various sizes and<br />

ranges. Different types are in dicated<br />

by ensenbles) (p.79)<br />

ป (oboe-like reed instruments, used in<br />

piiphaat ensembles. Various sizes<br />

have different ranges of pitch, and<br />

occur in different musical contexts)<br />

(p.485) <br />

ป<br />

TMI pi (reed or oboe types) (p.75)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimensio/, ensemble in<br />

which it is used,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

type<br />

187


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ปกลาง<br />

TMT pi klang (about fifteen inches long,<br />

one and a half inches in diameter)<br />

(p.79)<br />

ปกลาง<br />

( medium – sized pi) (glossary) <br />

ปกลาง<br />

TMMC pii klaang ปกลาง (“medium” pii,<br />

according to Morton used to<br />

accompany shadow theater (1976:79)<br />

(p.485) <br />

ปกลาง<br />

TMI pi –gla-ng (p.77)<br />

ปไฉน<br />

TMT pi chanai (double –reed instrument,<br />

body with conical bore, about a foot<br />

long or less; India) (p.45)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

ป ไฉน (early double-reed instrument)<br />

(glossary) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

picture<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

picture<br />

history<br />

188


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ปไฉน<br />

TMMC pii chanay<br />

ป<br />

picture<br />

ปไฉน<br />

TMI pi-cha nai (p.84)<br />

ไฉน (pii chanay (rarely used today,<br />

but formerly used in processions.<br />

Small and high-pitched) (p.485) <br />

<br />

history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/ compare with<br />

other instruments,<br />

occasion it is played,<br />

picture<br />

ปชวา<br />

TMT pi chawa (Javanese “oboe”) (p.89) history, appearance:<br />

shape, dimension,<br />

material/<br />

ปชวา<br />

(“Javanese pi”) (glossary)<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, occasion it is<br />

played, pitch, picture<br />

189


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ปชวา<br />

TMMC pii chaawaa ปชวา (“Javanese” pii ,<br />

appears in certain specail ensembles,<br />

including the piiphaat naang hong,<br />

and the wong khruang saay pii<br />

ปชวา<br />

TMI pi-chawa- (p.86)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Also used in certain dance-drama<br />

contexts, and along with klaung<br />

kheek, to accompany Thai boxing)<br />

(p.485) <br />

<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

ปนอก<br />

TMT pi nok (outdoor pi) (p.79) picture<br />

ปนอก<br />

(outdoor pi) (glossary) <br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

type of name<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, occasion it is<br />

played, origin of<br />

name(instument),<br />

picture<br />

190


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ปนอก<br />

TMMC pii nauk ปนอก (the “outside” pii,<br />

associated with lakhaun nauk<br />

(“outside” dance-drama- performed<br />

outside of the royal palace.<br />

Shorter in length than the pii nay)<br />

(p.485) <br />

ปนอก<br />

TCM pi-nok (p.26) <br />

ปนอก<br />

TMI pi –naw-k (p.77)<br />

<br />

picture<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

picture<br />

ปใน<br />

TMT pi nai (indoor pi) (p.79) appearance: shape/ size<br />

ปใน<br />

(indoor pi) (glossary)<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Description strategies<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

parts of instument,<br />

process of making the<br />

reed for pi nai, picture<br />

191


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

ปใน<br />

TMMC<br />

pii nay ปใน<br />

(the “inside” pii, because<br />

it was associated with the khoon<br />

(masked dance-drama) and lakhaun<br />

nay (“inside” dance-drama) once<br />

confined to the palaces. This is the<br />

instrument usually referred to simply<br />

as pii) (p.485) <br />

ปใน<br />

TM the pi nai (Approximate equivalents<br />

among the Western instrument; Oboe<br />

or Piano-accordion or C Clarinet)<br />

(p.36) (Oboe) (p.48)<br />

ปใน<br />

TCM pi-nai (p.26) <br />

ปใน<br />

TMI pi-nai (p.77)<br />

ปมอญ<br />

TMT pi mon ปมอญ<br />

(mon –style pi)<br />

(glossary)<br />

<br />

<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

<br />

Description strategies<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

tones, scale, Function,<br />

parts of instruments,<br />

how it is played, picture<br />

appearance: dimension/<br />

picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

picture<br />

192


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 4 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Number<br />

Material<br />

Sound<br />

Size<br />

Shape<br />

Type<br />

ปมอญ<br />

TMMC pii maun (oboe) (p.116) picture<br />

ปมอญ<br />

TMI pi-maw-n (p.88)<br />

ปมอญ<br />

(“Mon” pii, used only in the<br />

piiphaat maun. Conical shape) (p.485) <br />

ปหอ<br />

TMI pi-haw- (p.87) <br />

ปออ<br />

TMI pi-aw- (p.78)<br />

Translation+cultrual substitute<br />

Transliteration+cultural substitute<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

<br />

Cultrual substitute<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

Citation<br />

About players<br />

Parts of instruments<br />

Reference to other instruments<br />

Age<br />

Region where played<br />

How played<br />

Function<br />

Other names<br />

Position in ensemble<br />

Origin of name(instument)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Ensemble in which used<br />

Implement used in playing<br />

Similar Western instrument<br />

Specific word<br />

Generic word<br />

Cultural substitute<br />

Partly transliteration<br />

Explanation of<br />

descriptions and<br />

pictures<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, occasion it is<br />

played, picture<br />

appearance: shape,<br />

dimension, material/<br />

ensemble in which it is<br />

used, picture<br />

193


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 Strategies that Each Writer Used in Presenting English Terms of Thai Musical Ensembles<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations<br />

ปพาทยรามัญ<br />

TMI pi-pha-t ra-man (p.34) <br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

วงกลองแขก TMT klong khaek ensemble (p.102) names of instruments, picture<br />

<br />

วงกลองแขกปชวา<br />

TMI pi- chawa glaw-ng khae-k or glaw-ngkhae-k<br />

pi-chawa- (p.87) <br />

วงขับไม TMT khap mai ensemble (literally “to recite or<br />

sing with a beat” or more figuratively “to<br />

perform on musical instruments.”) (p.101)<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

ขับไม (an old ensemble) (glossary) <br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

194


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

วงขับไม TMMC khap may or wong khap may (a threestringed<br />

fiddle, vocalist, and small two-faced<br />

hand-held drum called banthau) (p.116)<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

(วง) ขับไม (historical ensemble—today<br />

played occasionally by university students—<br />

consisting of solo vocalist, sau saam saay,<br />

and banthau) (p.465) <br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

TMT khruang sai เครื่องสาย<br />

(the ensemble<br />

composed of stringed instruments , flute, and<br />

rhythmic percussion) (glossary) <br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

TMMC wong khruang saay (an ensemble of stringed<br />

instruments(this is what its name refers to<br />

literally), drums and hand cymbals<br />

(Morton’s “rhythmic percussion”), and khluy<br />

or flute) (p.91)<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

วงเครื ่องสาย (wong khruang saay- ensemble<br />

of stringed instruments.) (p.469) <br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

names of instruments,<br />

occasion played<br />

names of instruments<br />

names of instruments<br />

195


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

TCM the string ensemble (p.26) names of instruments<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

TMI khrer-a-ng sai- (string) ensemble (p.43,47) <br />

วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

TMT medium-sized or doubled khruang sai<br />

ensemble (p.108) , medium-sized or doubled<br />

ensemble (p.111) <br />

วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

TMMC wong khruang saay khruang khuu (mediumsized<br />

(lit. paired) ensemble of string<br />

instruments) (p.102)<br />

added to conventional ensembles to indicate<br />

medium size or type of instrumentation)<br />

(p.469) <br />

วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

TCM (“doubled” string ensemble: another<br />

instrument of each kind is added, making a<br />

pair) <br />

Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

names of instruments<br />

picture<br />

196


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

วงเครื่องสายวงเล็ก<br />

TMT<br />

small khruang sai ensemble (p.108), small<br />

ensemble (p.111) <br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

วงเครื่องสายวงเล็ก<br />

TCM wong khre-a-ng sai wong lek ( small string<br />

ensemble; one instrument of each kind only<br />

is used compable to the pi-phat khre-a-ng ha) <br />

วงเครื่องสายปชวา<br />

TMMC khruang saay pii chaawaa, wong khruang<br />

saay pii chaawaa (a standard type of stringed<br />

ensemble with pii chaawaa added. Known<br />

for requiring very skillful, masterful pii<br />

player.) (p.469) <br />

วงเครื่องสายผสมไวโอลิน<br />

TMMC<br />

wong khruang saay prasom violin (p.121) <br />

วงเถิดเทิง,<br />

วงเทิงบองกลองยาว<br />

TCM ther-t ther-ng or ther-ng baw-ng glaw-ng yao-<br />

(p.60) <br />

Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

picture<br />

names of instruments,<br />

occasion played<br />

197


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

วงบัวลอย TMT bua loi (an old ensemble) (glossary) <br />

วงบัวลอย TMMC bua lauy or wong bua lauy (floating lotus<br />

ensemble) (p.116)<br />

(วง) บัวลอย (ensemble rarely performed<br />

today, but intended for use in cremation<br />

ceremonies for royalty, and has its own<br />

specific repertoire. Consists of pii chaawaa<br />

and rhythmic accom accompaniment. Morton<br />

views this as the precursor to the wong<br />

piiphaat naang hong) (p.460) <br />

วงบัวลอย TMI bua law-i ensemble (p.50) <br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

วงปชวากลองแขก<br />

TMI pi- chawa glaw-ng khae-k or glaw-ngkhae-k<br />

pi-chawa- (p.87) <br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

occasion played<br />

198


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

วงปพาทย<br />

TMT<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

pi phat (the ensemble using melodic and<br />

rhythmic percussion) (p.104) ปพาทย<br />

(an<br />

ensemble composed of melodic and rhythmic<br />

percussion instruments and the pi) (glossary) <br />

วงปพาทย<br />

TMMC piiphaat or wong piiphaat (an ensemble of<br />

percussion instruments and the pii or oboe)<br />

(p.91)<br />

วงปพาทย(melodic<br />

percussive ensemble,<br />

which does not include stringed instruments.<br />

Accompanies rituals and theatrical genres<br />

but can also perform entertainment music)<br />

(p.486) <br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

occasion played, types, names<br />

of instruments, history<br />

the meaning of word; wong,<br />

pii, phaat<br />

names of instruments, type<br />

วงปพาทย<br />

TM piphat band (p.3) types, names of instruments<br />

วงปพาทย<br />

TCM the pi-phat ensemble (p.26) names of instruments<br />

199


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

วงปพาทย<br />

TMI pi-pha-t (percussion) ensemble (p.43) <br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

TMT ensemble , a pair of instruments, medium-<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

sized or doubled piphat ensemble)<br />

(p.105,107) <br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

<br />

<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

TMMC khruang khuu (lit. instruments/pair) (p.96)<br />

เครื่องคู<br />

(lit. “instruments; paired”; term<br />

names of instruments<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

TCM<br />

added to conventional ensembles to indicate<br />

medium size or type of instrumentation)<br />

(p.469) <br />

wong pi-phat khre-a-ng khu (medium sized<br />

precussion ensemble another instrument of<br />

each kind is added, making a pair; a "double<br />

ensemble.) <br />

Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

picture<br />

200


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

TMT khruang ha (literally, “five instruments)<br />

(p.105) เครื่องหา<br />

(a small ensemble ---“of<br />

five instruments”) (glossary) <br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

TMMC khruang haa (small size, “khruang haa” (lit.<br />

instruments/five) (p.95) , (the five<br />

–instrument or small sized piiphaat<br />

ensemble) (p.112)<br />

เครื ่องหา (lit. “instruments/five”; term added<br />

to conventional ensembles to indicate small<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

size or type of instrumentation) (p.469) <br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

TCM wong pi-phat, khre-a-ng ha (small percussion<br />

ensemble consisting of five instruments and<br />

the Ching) <br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

TMT khruang yai (large ensemble, literally, “large<br />

group of instruments, large pi phat<br />

ensemble) (p.105, 107) <br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

type<br />

picture<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

201


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

TMMC khruang yay (large size. “khruang yay” (lit.<br />

“instrument/large))(p.96)<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

เครื่องใหญ<br />

(lit. “instruments/large”; term<br />

added to conventional ensembles to indicate<br />

large size or type of instrumentation) (p.469) <br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

TCM wong pi-phat, khre-a-ng yai (large<br />

percussion ensemble; all the important<br />

percussion instruments are included) <br />

วงปพาทยชาตรี<br />

TMMC wong piiphaat chaatrii (specialized<br />

ensemble) (p.486) <br />

วงปพาทยชาตรี<br />

TMI pi- pha-t cha-tri- ensemble (p.43) <br />

Origin of name(ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

names of instruments<br />

picture<br />

occasion played<br />

202


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

TMMC wong piiphaat dukdamban (วง) ปพาทยดึก<br />

ดําบรรพ (ensemble which accompanies the<br />

dramatic genre, lakhaun dukdamban, one of<br />

several innovatiove forms developed largely<br />

by Prince Naris in the time of King<br />

Chulalongkorn, late 19th century. A<br />

distinctive feature of this ensemble is the<br />

wong khaung chay, seven tuned gongs<br />

vertically suspended in a frame. Which does<br />

not appear in any other Thai ensembles)<br />

(p.486) <br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

TCM wong pi-phat, duk-dam-bun picture<br />

วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

TMI pi-pha-t derk dam-ban (p.34) <br />

Origin of name(ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

203


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

TMT pi phat nang hong ensemble (p.112) , pi phat<br />

nang hong ปพาทยนางหงส<br />

(the pi phat<br />

funeral ensemble) (glossary) <br />

วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

TMMC wong piiphaat naang hong (วง) ป พาทย<br />

นางหงส (ensemble formerly used in<br />

cremation ceremonies, but rare today) (p.486) <br />

วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

TMI pi-pha-t na-ng hong ensemble (p.50,87) <br />

วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

TMT pi phat mon ensemble (p.113)<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name(ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

names of instruments,<br />

occasion played<br />

names of instruments,<br />

occasion played, picture<br />

204


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

TMMC wong piiphaat maun (p.116) names of instruments,<br />

(วง) ปพาทยมอญ (the Mon-derived<br />

ensemble (which shares certain similarities<br />

to Burmese ensembles) commonly played at<br />

cremation ceremonies.<br />

Features Mon-derived versions of the<br />

regular piiphaat instruments, plus the set of<br />

tuned drums, peeng maang khauk) (p.486) <br />

วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

TMI pi-pha-t maw-n (incontent:34) <br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

occasion played<br />

วงปพาทยมอญเครื่องคู<br />

TMMC piiphaat maun khruang khuu (p.116) names of instruments<br />

วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

TMT pi phat mai nuam (the pi phat ensemble<br />

using padded sticks) (glossary) . <br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name(ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

205


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

TMMC may nuam (p.111)<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

ไมนวม (lit. “stick/ soft”; indicates the<br />

“soft” version of piiphaat) (p.476) <br />

วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

TMI pi-pha-t mainuam ensemble (incontent:41) <br />

Description strategies<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

วงปพาทยอยางเบา<br />

TMT light pi phat (p.104) occasion played<br />

วงปพาทยอยางหนัก<br />

TMT heavy pi phat (p.104) occasion played<br />

วงมโหรี TMT mahori มโหรี (an ensemble composed of<br />

melodic and rhythmic percussion instruments<br />

and flute) (glossary) <br />

Origin of name(ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

206


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

วงมโหรี TMMC mahoorii (wong) mahoorii (….actually a<br />

combination of khruang saay and piiphaat<br />

ensembles”; Jearadithaporn ibid:4: cf.<br />

Morton ibid:105 as well) (p.91)<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

วงมโหรี (a standard type of ensemble,<br />

including both stringed and melodic<br />

percussive instruments. Ideally characterized<br />

by instruments of smaller size than those<br />

commonly used in piiphaat ensembles)<br />

(p.476) <br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Modifiers<br />

Description strategies<br />

Origin of name(ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

วงมโหรี TCM the mahori ensemble (p.26) names of instruments<br />

207


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

วงมโหรี TMI maho-ri- (mixed string and<br />

percussion)ensemble (p.43,47) <br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องคู<br />

TMT medium sized or doubled mahori ensemble<br />

(p.109) , medium sized or doubled ensemble<br />

(p.111) <br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องเล็ก<br />

TMT small mahori ensemble (p.109), small<br />

ensemble (p.111) <br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องเล็ก<br />

TCM wong mahori khre-a-ng lek (small ensemble<br />

consisting of both string and percussion type<br />

instruments) <br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องสี่<br />

TMT original mahori (p.102)<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องสี่<br />

TCM wong mahori boran or ancient mahori picture<br />

<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name(ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

picture<br />

history, names of instruments,<br />

picture<br />

208


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 5 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies Description strategies<br />

Modifiers<br />

Partial transliteration+age<br />

Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

Transliteration+translation+size<br />

Transliteration+translation<br />

Translation<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Size<br />

Type<br />

Citation<br />

Comparison to other ensembles<br />

Age<br />

Other names<br />

Origin of name(ensemble)<br />

Occasion played<br />

Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

Partial transliteration<br />

Transliteration<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation<br />

Hyphenated<br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องหก<br />

TCM wong mahori khre-a-ag hok picture<br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องใหญ<br />

TMT large mahori ensemble (p.110), large<br />

ensemble (p.111) <br />

Transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

Explanation<br />

of description and picture<br />

names of instruments, picture<br />

209


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 6 Strategies that Each Writer Used in Presenting English Terms of Types of Thai Music Instruments<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

Description strategies Explanation<br />

เครื่องสาย<br />

TMT stringed instruments (p.91)<br />

เครื่องสาย<br />

TMMC strings (p.80) <br />

Transliteration<br />

เครื่องสาย<br />

TMI stringed instruments (p.93) <br />

เครื่องดีด<br />

TMT plucked (p.91)<br />

Translation<br />

<br />

Partial translation<br />

<br />

Translation+material<br />

Translation+type<br />

Partial translation+material<br />

Translation of descriptions and pictures<br />

names and explanation of<br />

instruments<br />

names and explanation of<br />

instruments<br />

เครื่องดีด<br />

TMMC khruang diit (plucked instruments) (p.78) names of instruments, type<br />

เครื่องดีด<br />

TMI plucked stringed instruments (p.93) <br />

appearance, names and<br />

explanation of instruments<br />

210


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 6 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

Description strategies Explanation<br />

เครื่องสี<br />

TMT bowed (p.94)<br />

Transliteration<br />

Translation<br />

<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation+material<br />

Translation+type<br />

Partial translation+material<br />

Translation of descriptions and pictures<br />

names and explanation of<br />

instruments<br />

เครื่องสี<br />

TMMC khruang sii (bowed instruments) (p.78) names of instruments, type<br />

เครื่องสี<br />

TMI bowed stringed instruments (p.104) <br />

type, names and explanation<br />

of instruments<br />

เครื่องตี<br />

TMMC khruang tii (hit or beaten instruments) (p.78) names of instruments, type<br />

เครื่องตี<br />

TM percussion section (13) types, names of instruments<br />

เครื่องตี<br />

TMI percussion instruments (p.8) type<br />

เครื่องดําเนินทํานอง<br />

TM melodic instruments (p.13) names of instruments<br />

เครื่องดําเนินทํานอง<br />

TCM melodic instruments (p.26) names of instruments<br />

เครื่องตีดําเนินทํานอง<br />

TMT melodic percussion (p.45)<br />

<br />

names and explanation of<br />

instruments<br />

211


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 6 (Continued)<br />

Thai terms Sources Representations Word translation strategies<br />

Description strategies Explanation<br />

เครื่องกํากับจังหวะ<br />

TM rhythmic instruments (p.13)<br />

Transliteration<br />

<br />

Translation<br />

Partial translation<br />

Translation+material<br />

Translation+type<br />

Partial translation+material<br />

Translation of descriptions and pictures<br />

names and explanation of<br />

instruments<br />

เครื่องกํากับจังหวะ<br />

TCM rhythmic instruments (p.26) names of instruments<br />

เครื่องตีกํากับจังหวะ<br />

TMT rhythmic percussion (p.64)<br />

เครื่องหนัง<br />

TMI percussion instruments using skin or leather<br />

(p.35) <br />

เครื่องเปา<br />

TMT woodwinds (p.78)<br />

<br />

<br />

names and explanation of<br />

instruments<br />

names and explanation of<br />

instruments<br />

names and explanation of<br />

instruments<br />

เครื ่องเปา TMMC khruang paw (blown instruments) (p.79) names of instruments, type<br />

เครื่องเปา<br />

TM wood-wind section (p.13) names of instruments<br />

เครื่องเปา<br />

TMI wind instruments (p.71)<br />

<br />

type, names and explanation<br />

of instruments<br />

212


<strong>Appendix</strong> C<br />

The Lists of Strategies Used in Presenting Thai Music Terms


The lists of strategies used in presenting Thai musical instruments<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

1. Transliteration<br />

TMT<br />

กระจับป<br />

krajappi/ จะเข chakae/ พิณ phin/ พิณน้ําเตา<br />

phin nam tao/ ซอ so/ ซอ<br />

ดวง so duang/ ซอสามสาย so sam sai/ ซออู<br />

so u/ ขิม khim /ฆอง khong/ ฆองกลาง khong (wong)<br />

klang/ ฆองมอญ khong mon/ ฆองราง khong rang/ ฆองวง khong wong/ ฆองวงเล็ก khong wong<br />

lek/ ฆองวงใหญ khong wong yai/ ระนาด ranat/ ระนาดทอง ranat thong/ ระนาดทุม<br />

ranat thum/<br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

ranat thum lek/ ระนาดเอก ranat ek/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก ranat ek lek/ กรับ krap/ กรับ<br />

พวง krap phuang/ กรับเสภา krap sepha/ กลอง klong/ กลองแขก klong khaek/ กลองชวา klong<br />

chawa/ กลองชาตรี klong chatri/ กลองทัด klong that/ กลองมะริกัน Klong marigan/ กลองมลายู<br />

klong malayu/ กลองยาว klong yao/ เกราะ kro/ โกรง krong/ ฆองคู<br />

khong khu/ ฆองระเบ็ง khong<br />

rabeng/ ฆองราว khong rao/ ฆองหุย<br />

khong hui/ ฆองเหมง khong meng/ ฉาบ chap/ ฉาบเล็ก chap<br />

lek/ ฉาบใหญ chap yai/ ฉิ่ง<br />

ching/ ตะโพน taphon/ ตะโพนมอญ taphon mon/ โทน thon/ โทน<br />

ชาตรี thon chatri/ โทนมโหรี thon mahori/ บัณเฑาะว bando/ เปงมาง poeng mang/ เปงมางคอก<br />

poeng mang khok/ รํามะนา rammana/ โหมง mong/ ขลุย<br />

khlui/ ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

khui phiang o/ ขลุย<br />

หลีบ khlui lip/ ขลุยอู<br />

khlui u/ ป<br />

pi/ ปกลาง<br />

pi klang/ ปไฉน<br />

pi chanai/ ปชวา<br />

pi chawa/ ปนอก<br />

pi<br />

nok/ ปใน<br />

pi nai/ ปมอญ<br />

pi mon/<br />

TMMC<br />

กระจับป<br />

kracappii/ จะเข chakhee/ พิณ phin/ ซอดวง sau duang/ ซอสามสาย sau<br />

sam saay/ ซอสามสายหลีบ sau saam saaylip/ ซออู<br />

sau uu/ ขิม khim/ ฆองมอญ khaung maun/<br />

ฆองวง khaung wong/ ฆองวงเล็ก khaung wong lek/ ฆองวงใหญ khuang wong yai/ ระนาดทุม<br />

ranaat thum/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

ranaat thum lek/ ระนาดเอก ranaat eek/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก ranaat eek<br />

214


lek/ วงฆองชัย wong khaung chay/ กรับเสภา krap seephaa/ กลองแขก kluaung kheek/ กลองชนะ<br />

klaung chana/ กลองชาตรี klaung chaatrii/ กลองทัด klaung that/ กลองมลายู klaung malaayuu/<br />

ฆองคู<br />

kaung khuu/ ฆองราว khaung raaw/ ฆองหุย<br />

khaung huy/ ฆองเหมง khaung meeng/ ฉาบ<br />

chap/ ฉาบเล็ก chap lek/ ฉาบใหญ chap yay/ ฉิ่ง<br />

ching/ ตะโพน taphoon/ ตะโพนมอญ taphoon<br />

maun/ โทน thoon/ โทนชาตรี thoon chatrii/ บัณเฑาะว banthau/ เปงมางคอก peeng maang khauk/<br />

รํามะนา rammanaa/ โหมง moong/ ขลุย<br />

khluy/ ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

khluy piang au/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

khluy lip/<br />

ขลุยอู<br />

khluy uu/ แตรงอน tree ngaun/ ป<br />

pii/ ปกลาง<br />

pii klaang/ ปไฉน<br />

pii chanay/ ปชวา<br />

pii<br />

chaawaa/ ปนอก<br />

pii nauk/ ปใน<br />

pii nay/ ปมอญ<br />

pii maun/<br />

TM<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

ranad thume/ ระนาดเอก ranad ek/ ระนาดเอกทอง ranad thong ek/ กลองทัด<br />

the klong thad/ ฉาบเล็ก the charb lek/ ฉาบใหญ the charb yai/ ฉิ่ง<br />

the ching/ ตะโพน the tapone/<br />

โหมง the mong/ ปใน<br />

the pi nai/<br />

TCM<br />

215<br />

จะเข jakay (s)/ ซอดวง saw duang (s)/ ซอสามสาย saw sam sai/ ซอสามสายหลีบ saw sam<br />

sai lib/ ซออู<br />

saw oo (s)/ ระนาด ranad /ระนาดทุม<br />

ranad toom/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

ranad toom lek/<br />

ระนาดเอก ranad ek/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก ranad ek lek/ กลองทัด glong tahd/ ฉิ่ง<br />

ching/ ตะโพน<br />

tapohn/ โทน tohn/ รํามะนา ramana/ โหมง mong/ ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

klui piang-or/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

klui lip/ ป<br />

นอก pi-nok/ ปใน<br />

pi-nai/<br />

TMI<br />

กระจับป<br />

gra jap pi/ จะเข jakhay- / พิณ phi-n / พิณน้ําเตา<br />

phi- n nam tao/ พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

phi-n<br />

phia/ ซอดวง saw- dau-ng / ซอสามสาย saw- sa-m sai / ซออู<br />

saw- u-/ ฆอง khaw-ng/ ฆองกระแต<br />

khaw-ng gratae/ ฆองชัย khaw-ng chai/ ฆองมอญ khaw-ng maw-n / ฆองราง khaw-ng ra-ng/ ฆอง<br />

วงเล็ก khaw-ng wong lek / ฆองวงใหญ khaw-ng wong yai / ระนาดทอง rana-t thaw-ng/ ระนาด<br />

ทุม<br />

rana-t thum/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

rana-t thum lek/ ระนาดเอก rana-t ay-k/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก


216<br />

rana-t ay-k lek/ วงฆองชัย wong khaw-ng chai/ กรับ grap/ กรับคู<br />

grap khu/ กรับพวง grap phuang/<br />

กรับเสภา grap say-pha- / กลอง glaw-ng/ กลองแขก glaw-ng khae-k/ กลองชนะ glaw-ng chana/<br />

กลองชวา glaw-ng cha wa- / กลองชาตรี glaw-ng cha-tri/ กลองทัด glaw-ng that/ กลองตะโพน<br />

glaw-ng ta pho-n/ กลองตุก<br />

glaw-ng tuk/ กลองมะริกัน glaw-ng mari gan/ กลองมลายู glaw-ng<br />

mala-yu-/ กลองยาว glaw-ng yao-/ เกราะ graw/ โกรง gro-ng/ ฆองคู<br />

khaw-ng khu/ ฆองระเบ็ง<br />

khaw-ng rabay-ng/ ฆองราว khaw-ng rao/ ฆองหุย<br />

khaw-ng hui/ ฆองเหมง khaw-ng may-ng/ ฆอง<br />

โหมง khaw-ng mo-ng/ ฉาบ cha-p / ฉาบเล็ก cha-p lek/ ฉาบใหญ cha-p yai/ ฉิ่ง<br />

ching/<br />

ตะโพน ta- pho-n/ ตะโพนมอญ ta pho-n mow-n/ ทับ thap/ โทน tho-n or thap/ โทนชาตรี tho-n<br />

cha-tri-/ โทนมโหรี tho-n maho-ri-/ บัณเฑาะว ban daw/ เปงมาง per-ng ma-ng/ เปงมางคอก perng<br />

ma-ng khaw-k/ มโหระทึก maho-ra therk/ รํามะนา ram mana-/ โหมง mong/ ขลุย<br />

khlui/ ขลุย<br />

กรวด khlui grua-t/ ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

khlui phia-ng aw-/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

khlui- li-p / ขลุยอู<br />

khlui-u-/ แตร<br />

trae-/ แตรงอน trae- ngaw-n/ แตรฝรั่ง<br />

trae- farang/ แตรลางโพง trae- la-ng pho-ng/ แตรลําโพง<br />

trae- lam pho-ng/ แตรวิลันดา trae- wilanda-/ ป<br />

pi/ ปกลาง<br />

pi- gla-ng/ ปไฉน<br />

pi-cha nai / ปชวาpi<br />

chawa- / ปนอก<br />

pi –naw-k / ปในpi-nai<br />

/ ปมอญ<br />

pi-maw-n/ ปหอ<br />

pi-haw- / ปออ<br />

pi-aw-/<br />

2. Partial transliteration<br />

TMT<br />

พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

phia/ กลองสองหนา song na/<br />

TMMC<br />

ฆองมอญวงเล็ก khaung maun lek/ กลองสองหนา saung naa/<br />

TM<br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

thume lek/ กลองสองหนา the song na/


TMI<br />

ซอสามสายหลีบ saw – li-p/ กลองสองหนา saw-ng na/<br />

3. Transliteration + cultural substitute<br />

TM<br />

ฆองวงเล็ก gong wong lek/ ฆองวงใหญ gong wong yai/ ฆองหุย<br />

the gong hooi/<br />

4. Translation + cultural substitute<br />

TCM<br />

ฆองกลาง medium gong set/ ฆองวงเล็ก small gong set/ ฆองวงใหญ big gong set/<br />

5. Cultural substitute<br />

TCM<br />

Description strategies<br />

ฉาบเล็ก cymbals/ ฉาบใหญ cymbals/<br />

1. Modifiers<br />

1.1 Type<br />

217


TMT<br />

กระจับป<br />

pluck, stringed instrument/ จะเข a stringed instrument/ พิณ a<br />

stringed instrument, / ซอ bowed stringed instruments/ ซอดวง a stringed instrument/ ซอสาม<br />

สาย stringed bowed lute/ ซออู<br />

…bowed stringed instrument/ ขิม stringed instrument/ กรับ<br />

rhythm…,percussion instrument/ กรับพวง a percussion instrument/ กรับเสภา percussion<br />

instrument/ เกราะ …percussion instrument/ โกรง …percussion instrument/ ป<br />

reed instrument/<br />

ปไฉน<br />

..reed instrument/<br />

TMMC<br />

จะเข …three stringed which are plucked…/ พิณ plucked lute-type instruments/<br />

ซอดวง …two-stringed fiddle/ ตะโพน the most important rhythm instrument…/ บัณเฑาะว a<br />

percussion instrument/ ป<br />

reed instrument/<br />

TCM<br />

จะเข plucked string instrument/ ซอดวง string solo fiddle/ ซอสามสาย a threestring<br />

fiddle ซอสามสายหลีบ a three-string fiddle / ซออู<br />

a two-string fiddle/<br />

TMI<br />

พิณน้ําเตา<br />

a stringed instrument…/ป<br />

reed or oboe type/<br />

1.2 Shape<br />

TMT<br />

กระจับป<br />

long-necked…/ พิณ …stick zither…, …half gourd resenator/<br />

218


219<br />

พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

the stick attached to a half-gourd resonator/ ซอดวง …lute with cylindrical resonator/<br />

ซอสามสาย … lute with triangular sound box / ซออู<br />

…lute with triangular sound box/ ซออู<br />

lute with half coconut shell sound box/ ฆอง gong-kettles/ ฆองมอญ …on a crescent-shaped<br />

rack/ ฆองราง …kettles on a straight rack…/ ฆองวง …gong-kettles…/ ฆองวงเล็ก …gongkettles…./<br />

ระนาดเอก …a boat-shaped…/ กรับ …stickes..., cut and polished/ กรับพวง<br />

…several long thin sheets…, …loose pieces tied together/ กรับเสภา …square bar…, about<br />

one half inches wide on each side by eight inches long/ กลองทัด barrel-shaped peg headed<br />

drum/ กลองชาตรี …pegged heads…, the body being about ten inches high, the heads about<br />

eight inches in diameter/ กลองสองหนา two –headed drum./ เกราะ slit drum…with nodes at<br />

each end/ โกรง …slit drum…nodes in length/ ฆองคู<br />

…kettles, small rectangular box frame…/<br />

ฆองราว …gong on a rack/ ฆองหุย<br />

gongs on a rack.., on a tripod stand/ ฆองเหมง …a curved<br />

wooden handle from which it is suspended and struck with a piece of wood…/ ฉาบเล็ก…of flat<br />

metal with a central rounded boss about three-quarters of an inch deep/ ฉิ่ง<br />

…made of thick<br />

metal…like teacups or small hollow cones/ ตะโพน a barrel shaped drum…/ โทน goblet or<br />

inverted vase drum/ บัณเฑาะว …hourglass drum/ เปงมาง …thong-wrapped barrel-shaped<br />

drum/ เปงมางคอก a set of drum on their stand/ รํามะนา a shallow frame drum with one head…/<br />

ขลุย<br />

vertical bamboo flute/ ปกลาง<br />

about fifteen inches long, one and a half inches in diameter/<br />

ปไฉน…<br />

body with conical bore, about a foot long or less/<br />

TMMC<br />

กระจับป<br />

fretted lute/ จะเข fretted lute/ ซอดวง …hardwood cylinder/ ซออู<br />

sound-holes carved into back/ ขิม hammered zither/ ฆองมอญ kettle-shaped, suspended on<br />

upright, u-shaped rack/ ฆองมอญวงเล็ก kettle-shaped, suspended on upright, u-shaped rack/<br />

ฆองวง circular rack of kettle- shaped…/ ฆองวงเล็ก circular rack of kettle- shaped…/ ฆอง<br />

วงใหญ circular rack of kettle- shaped…/ ระนาดทุม<br />

…body is narrow and rectangular, box<br />

–like …/ ระนาดเอก …is boat-shaped/ วงฆองชัย circular rack of vertically suspended gongs,<br />

of different sized and pitches/ กรับเสภา pair of wooden bars…/ กลองแขก…cylindrical, twoheaded<br />

drums/ กลองชนะ decorated in festive colors/ กลองชาตรี goblet-shaped…/ กลองทัด


pair of upright drum, heads tacked on…/ กลองสองหนา cylindrical shaped../ ฆองคู<br />

kettleshaped..inside<br />

a rectangular frame/ ฆองหุย<br />

vertically-suspended…/ ฆองเหมง …suspended<br />

manually…/ ฉาบ …somewhat flatter/ ฉาบเล็ก …somewhat flatter/ ฉาบใหญ …somewhat<br />

flatter/ ตะโพน two headed barrel-shaped drum/ โทน goblet-shaped drum…/บัณเฑาะว two<br />

drumheaded attached to a stick, / เปงมางคอก circle of tuned drums, arranged vertically in a<br />

semicircular frame/ รํามะนา frame drum, with shallow wooden body/ โหมง suspened gong/<br />

ขลุย<br />

vertical flute/ ปมอญ<br />

conical shape/<br />

TM<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

wooden-resonance bars/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

steel-resonance bars/<br />

ระนาดเอก wooden-resonance bars/ ระนาดเอกทอง steel-resonance bars/ กลองทัด a thick large<br />

drum/ กลองสองหนา a small long drum/ ตะโพน drum-heads covering both ends/ โหมง large<br />

gong/<br />

TMI<br />

แตรงอน curved trumpet/<br />

1.3 Size<br />

TMT<br />

220<br />

ระนาดเอก …on a small pedistal/ กลองทัด large barrel-shaped…/ กลองชาตรี<br />

like the klong that but much smaller/ กลองสองหนา a medium-sized…/ เกราะ small slit<br />

drum…/ โกรง large bamboo…/ ฆองคู…<br />

in a small rectangular box frame/ ฆองเหมง a small<br />

gong…/ ฉาบ medium-sized …/ ฉาบเล็ก a pair of medium-sized cymbals/ ฉิ่ง<br />

small metal hand<br />

cymbals/ โทนชาตรี small-size../ บัณเฑาะว small hourglass drum/ เปงมาง a small, thongwrapped…/<br />

รํามะนา a small frame drum../ โหมง a large gong/ ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

the medium –size…/<br />

ขลุยหลีบ<br />

the small –size…/ ขลุยอู<br />

the large –size…/


TMMC<br />

ฆองมอญวงเล็ก smaller…/ ฆองคู<br />

a pair of small gong set../ ฆองเหมง small<br />

gong../ ฉาบเล็ก smaller sized/ ฉาบใหญ larger size/ ฉิ่ง<br />

small metal hand –cymbals/ บัณเฑาะว<br />

small two-faced …/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

another size/ ปไฉน<br />

small and high pitched/ ปนอก<br />

shorter in<br />

length/<br />

TM<br />

กลองทัด a thick large drum/ กลองสองหนา a small long drum/ ฉาบเล็ก<br />

medium cymbals/ ฉิ่ง<br />

small cymbals/ ตะโพน small hand tympano/ โหมง large gong/<br />

TCM<br />

จะเข a medium size…/ ซอสามสายหลีบ a smaller three-string fiddle…/ ฉิ่ง<br />

small cymbals/ รํามะนา a small hand drum/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

a smaller and higher pitched bamboo<br />

flute/<br />

TMI<br />

ซอสามสายหลีบ small size saw/ ฉาบ a pair of small metal cymbals/ ขลุย<br />

เพียงออ the middle-sized khlui/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

the smallest –sized khlui/ ขลุยอู<br />

the largest –sized<br />

khlui/<br />

221


1.4 Sound<br />

TMT<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

low-pitch xylophone/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

low-pitch metallophone/<br />

ระนาดเอก high-pitch xylophone/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก high-pitch metallophone/ กลองมะริกัน<br />

American bass drum/<br />

TMMC<br />

ซอดวง higher-pitched 2 stringed fiddle/ ซออู<br />

lower-pitched 2 stringed fiddle/<br />

ฆองมอญวงเล็ก higher pitched/ ฆองวงเล็ก higher-pitched/ ฆองวงใหญ lower-pitched/ ระนาด<br />

ทุม<br />

lower-pitched/ ระนาดเอก higher pitched/ ตะโพน …to lower head for tuning. Heads tuned<br />

to an interval of approximately one fifth, but not tuned definitely in relation to ensemble/ ปไฉน<br />

high-pitched/<br />

TM<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

alto xylophone…/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

alto xylophone…/ ระนาดเอก<br />

treble xylophone…/ ระนาดเอกทอง treble xylophone…/<br />

bamboo flute/<br />

TCM<br />

ซอสามสายหลีบ with higher pitches / ขลุยหลีบ<br />

a smaller and higher pitched<br />

222


1.5 Material<br />

TMT<br />

พิณ one string and a half-gourd resenator/ ซออู<br />

…made from half an ordinary<br />

coconut shell/ ระนาด ..wooden keys…/ กรับ made from pieces of bamboo, …wooden<br />

percussion…/ กรับพวง …long thin sheets of metal…, pieces of wood…/ กรับเสภา …bars of<br />

hardwood.., a wooden percussion…/ กลองแขก leather heads are laced on/ เกราะ… made from<br />

bamboo…/ โกรง …old bamboo…/ ฆองเหมง …by a curved wooden…, with a piece of wood/<br />

ฉาบ …metal hand cymbals/ ฉาบเล็ก …of flat metal…/ ฉิ่ง<br />

…metal hand cymbals/<br />

เปงมาง …thong –wrapped/ ขลุย<br />

..bamboo flute…/ ขลุยเพียงออ…bamboo<br />

flute/ ขลุย<br />

หลีบ…bamboo flute/ ขลุยอู…bamboo<br />

flute/<br />

TMMC<br />

ซอดวง …body made of hardwood.., with snake-skin face/ ซออู<br />

…made of<br />

coconut shell, with leather face/ ระนาดทุม…wooden-keyed<br />

xylophones, …made of bamboo/<br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

iron-keyed, metal keyed/ ระนาดเอก wooden-keyed xylophone/ ระนาดเอก<br />

เหล็ก ..iron-keyed, metal-keyed/ กรับเสภา leather heads…/ ฉาบ pair of metal …/ ฉาบเล็ก pair<br />

of metal …/ ฉาบใหญ pair of metal …/ ฉิ่ง<br />

small metal hand –cymbals/ ตะโพน ash and rice<br />

mixture applied…/ โทน ceramic body, leather head laced on…/ รํามะนา frame drum. With<br />

shallow wooden (sometimes ivory) body. Leather head is tacked on/ โหมง metal gong…/ แตร<br />

งอน trumpets made from animal horns/<br />

TM<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

wooden-resonance bars/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

steel-resonance bars/ ระนาด<br />

เอก wooden-resonance bars/ ระนาดเอกทอง steel-resonance bars/<br />

223


TCM<br />

ระนาด a wooden xylophone/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

with metal keys/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก<br />

with metal keys/ ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

a bamboo flute/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

a smaller and higher pitched bamboo<br />

flute/<br />

TMI<br />

พิณน้ําเตา<br />

…made from a bottle gourd/ ฉาบ a pair of small metal cymbals/<br />

1.6 Number<br />

TMT<br />

จะเข a three-stringed floor zither/ พิณ …zither with one string…/ พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

…stick zither with four strings/ ซอดวง two-stringed bowed lute…/ ซออู<br />

two-stringed…/ ฆอง<br />

ราง eight ketlles…/ ระนาด set of wooden keys/ กรับพวง …several long thin…/ กรับเสภา two<br />

nearly square bars…/ โกรง …several nodes…/ ฆองราว set of gong…/ ฆองหุย<br />

set of three<br />

gongs…/ ฉาบเล็ก a pair of medium-sized…/ ฉิ่ง<br />

a pair of cymbals/ โทน …with a single head/<br />

เปงมางคอก a set of drum…/ รํามะนา drum with one head/ ป<br />

double reed…/ ปไฉน<br />

double –<br />

reed../<br />

TMMC<br />

จะเข …has three strings…/ ซอดวง 2 stringed fiddle/ ซออู<br />

2 stringed fiddle/<br />

ฆองมอญ set of tuned/ฆองมอญวงเล็ก set of tuned…/ วงฆองชัย a set of seven…/ กรับเสภา pair<br />

of wooden bar/ กลองแขก pair of double headed drum/ กลองแขก two-headed drums/ กลองทัด<br />

pair of upright drum/ ฆองหุย<br />

set of 3, 5, or 7…/ ฉาบเล็ก pair of metal…/ ฉาบใหญ pair of<br />

metal…/ ฉาบ pair of metal…/ ตะโพน double headed drum…, two headed barrel-shaped drum/<br />

224


ตะโพนมอญ two-sided drum/ โทน paired with rammana…/ บัณเฑาะว two –faced drum, two<br />

drumheads…/ ป<br />

double reed instruments/<br />

TM<br />

ฆองหุย<br />

a set of 3, 5, or 7 gongs/<br />

TCM<br />

ซอดวง a two-string solo fiddle/ ซออุ<br />

a two-string accompanying fiddle/ กลอง<br />

ทัด twin drums/ ตะโพน two-sided drum/<br />

TMI<br />

กลองตะโพน two ta pho-n drums/ ฉาบ a pair of small metal cymbals/ ฉิ่ง<br />

a pair<br />

of cymbals/ เปงมางคอก a group of seven per-ng ma-ng drums/<br />

1.7 Hyphenated<br />

TMT<br />

กระจับป<br />

long-necked…/ จะเข a three-stringed floor zither…, a zither-type…/<br />

พิณ a stick zither-type stringed instrument/ พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

half-gourd…/ ซอดวง two-stringed bowed<br />

lute…/ ซอสามสาย … three-stringed…/ ซออู<br />

two-stringed…/ฆอง gong-kettles/ ขิม …zithertype…/ฆองกลาง<br />

medium-sized circle of gongs/ฆองมอญ …on a crescent-shaped rack/ ฆองราง<br />

gong-kettles/ ฆองวง gong-kettles/ ฆองวงเล็ก …gong-kettles…./ ฆองวงใหญ gong-circle/ ระนาด<br />

ทุม<br />

low-pitch/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

low-pitch/ ระนาดเอก low-pitch/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก high-pitch/ กลอง<br />

ชวา Javanese-derived drum/ กลองทัด barrel-shaped drum/ กลองสองหนา two-headed drum,<br />

hand-played drum/ ฆองคู<br />

a pair of gong-kettles/ ฆองเหมง hand-held gong/ ฉาบ medium-size…/<br />

ฉาบเล็ก ..medium-sized/ ฉาบใหญ large –sized/ ตะโพน a barrel –shaped/ โทน ..vase –shaped/<br />

225


โทนชาตรี small-sized/ เปงมาง thong-wrapped barrel-shaped/ ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

medium-sized/ ขลุย<br />

หลีบ small-sized/ ขลุยอู<br />

large-sized/ ป<br />

double-reed…/ปกลาง<br />

medium-sized pi/ ปไฉน<br />

doublereed…/<br />

ปมอญ<br />

mon-style pi/<br />

TMMC<br />

จะเข ..zither-type/ พิณ plucked lute-type instruments/ ซอดวง higher-pitched../<br />

ซอสามสาย three-stringed fiddle/ ซออู<br />

lower-pitched/ ขิม dulcimer-like instrument/ ฆองมอญ<br />

kettle- shaped/ ฆองมอญวงเล็ก kettle- shaped/ ฆองวง kettle-shaped/ ฆองวงเล็ก kettle-shaped,<br />

small gong-circle /ฆองวงใหญ kettle-shaped, large gong-circle/ ระนาดทุม<br />

lower-pitched,<br />

wooden-keyed/ ระนาดเอก wooden-keyed…/ระนาดเอกเหล็ก ..iron-keyed, metal-keyed/ วงฆอง<br />

ชัย …vertically-suspended…/ กลองแขก two-headed drums/ ฆองหุย<br />

vertically-suspended…/<br />

ฉาบ …metal hand-cymbals/ ฉาบเล็ก …metal hand-cymbals/ ฉาบใหญ …metal hand-cymbals/<br />

ฉิ่ง<br />

small metal hand –cymbals/ ตะโพนมอญ two-sided drum/ บัณเฑาะว two –faced drum/ ขลุย<br />

vertically –held flute/ ป<br />

oboe-like instrument/ ปไฉน<br />

high-pitched/<br />

TM<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

wooden-resonance bars/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

steel-resonance bars/ ระนาด<br />

เอก wooden-resonance bars/ ระนาดเอกทอง steel-resonance bars/ ตะโพน drum-heads covering<br />

both ends/<br />

TCM<br />

ซอดวง a two-string solo fiddle/ ซอสามสาย a three-string fiddle ซอสามสาย<br />

หลีบ a three-string fiddle / ซออู<br />

a two-string fiddle/ ตะโพน two-sided drum/<br />

TMI<br />

ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

the middle-sized khlui/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

the smallest –sized khlui/ ขลุยอู<br />

226


the largest –sized khlui/<br />

2. Translation<br />

TMT<br />

จะเข crocodile/ ซอสามสาย …three-stringed bowed lute/ ฆองกลาง mediumsized<br />

circle of gongs/ ฆองวง ..circle of gong-kettles/ ฆองวงเล็ก small circle of gongs, small set<br />

of gong-kettles, small gong-circle/ ฆองวงใหญ large circle of gong, large gong-circle/ ระนาดเอก<br />

เหล็ก iron ranat ek/ กลองแขก Indian drum/ กลองชวา Javanese drum/ กลองมะริกัน American<br />

bass drum/ กลองมลายู Malayan drum/ กลองยาว drum/ กลองสองหนา two faces/ ฆองคู<br />

a pair of<br />

gong-kettles/ ฉาบใหญ large –sized cymbals/ ตะโพนมอญ the mon model of the taphon/ ปกลาง<br />

medium-sized pi/ ปชวา<br />

Javanese oboe/ ปนอก<br />

outdoor pi/ ปใน<br />

indoor pi/ ปมอญ<br />

mon –style pi)<br />

TMMC<br />

ซอสามสาย three-stringed fiddle/ ฆองมอญ Mon gongs/ ฆองวง gong circle/ฆองวง<br />

เล็ก small gong-circle/ ฆองวงใหญ large gong-circle/ ระนาดทุม<br />

ranaat is xylophone, thum<br />

translated to be low or deep in tone/ ระนาดเอก ranaat is xylophone, eek means first, or one/<br />

กลองมลายู Malay drum/ กลองสองหนา two-faced drum/ ฆองคู<br />

a pair of small gong set../ ปกลาง<br />

medium pii/ ปชวา<br />

Javanese pii/ ปนอก<br />

the outside pii/ ปใน<br />

the inside pii/ ปมอญ<br />

Mon pii/<br />

TM<br />

ฉาบเล็ก small cymbals/ ฉาบใหญ large cymbals/<br />

TCM<br />

ซอสามสาย a three-string fiddle/ ซอสามสายหลีบ a smaller three-string fiddle with<br />

higher pitches/<br />

227


TMI<br />

ฆองวงเล็ก small circle of gong/ ฆองวงใหญ large circle of gong/ วงฆองชัย circle of<br />

khaw-ng chai gongs/ กรับคู<br />

pair of grap/ กรับพวง cluster or bunch of grap/ กลองชวา Javanese<br />

drums/ กลองมะริกัน American drum/ กลองสองหนา two drumheads/ ฆองคู<br />

a pair of gong/<br />

3. Partial translation<br />

TMMC<br />

ฆองมอญวงเล็ก gong circle, mon gongs/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

lek is iron/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก<br />

lek is iron/<br />

4. Transliteration<br />

TMT<br />

ระนาดเอกเหล็ก iron ranat ek/ ตะโพนมอญ the mon model of the taphon/ ปกลาง<br />

medium-sized pi/ ปชวา<br />

Javanese pi/ ปนอก<br />

outdoor pi/ ปใน<br />

indoor pi/ ปมอญ<br />

mon –style pi/<br />

TMMC<br />

ปกลาง<br />

medium pii/ ปชวา<br />

Javanese pii/ ปนอก<br />

the outside pii/ ปใน<br />

the inside pii/ ป<br />

มอญ Mon pii/<br />

TMI<br />

วงฆองชัย circle of khaw-ng chai gongs/ กรับพวง cluster or bunch of grap/ กลอง<br />

ตะโพน two ta pho-n drums/ กลองมะริกัน glaw-ng amay-ri gan/<br />

228


5. Partial transliteration<br />

TMT<br />

พิณน้ําเตา<br />

a type of phin/ โทนมโหรี the thon drum…/<br />

TMMC<br />

เปงมางคอก each a peeng maang/<br />

TMI<br />

229<br />

ซอสามสายหลีบ small size saw/ เปงมางคอก a group of seven per-ng ma-ng drums/<br />

ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

the middle-sized khlui/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

the smallest –sized khlui/ ขลุยอู<br />

the largest –sized<br />

khlui/<br />

6. Cultural substitute<br />

TMT<br />

กระจับป<br />

lute/ จะเข zither/ พิณ zither/ พิณเพี๊ยะ<br />

zither/ ซอดวง lute/ ซอสามสาย lute/<br />

ซออู<br />

lute/ ฆอง gong/ ขิม zither/ฆองกลาง gong/ ฆองมอญ gong/ ฆองราง gong/ ฆองวง gong/<br />

ฆองวงเล็ก gong/ ฆองวงใหญ gong/ ระนาด xylophone/ ระนาดทอง metallaphone/ ระนาดทุม<br />

xylophone/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

metallophone/ ระนาดเอก xylophone/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก metallophone/<br />

กลอง drum/ กลองแขก drum/ กลองชวา drum/ กลองชาตรี drum/ กลองทัด drum/ กลองมะริกัน<br />

drum/ กลองมลายู drum/ กลองยาว long drum/ กลองสองหนา drum/ เกราะ drum/ โกรง drum/<br />

ฆองคู<br />

gong/ ฆองระเบ็ง gong/ ฆองราว gong/ ฆองหุย<br />

gong/ ฆองเหมง gong/ ฉาบ cymbals/ ฉาบ<br />

เล็ก cymbals/ ฉาบใหญ cymbals/ ฉิ่ง<br />

cymbals/ ตะโพน drum/ โทน drum/ โทนชาตรี drum/ โทน


มโหรี drum/ บัณเฑาะว drum/ เปงมาง drum/ เปงมางคอก drum/ รํามะนา drum/ โหมง gong/ ขลุย<br />

flute/ ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

flute/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

flute/ ขลุยอู<br />

flute/ ปชวา<br />

oboe/<br />

TMMC<br />

กระจับป<br />

lute/ จะเข zither/ พิณ lute/ ซอดวง fiddle/ ซอสามสาย fiddle/ ซออู<br />

fiddle/ ขิม<br />

zither/ฆองมอญ gong/ ฆองมอญวงเล็ก gong/ ฆองวง gong/ ฆองวงเล็ก gong / ฆองวงใหญ gong/<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

xylophone/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

xylophone/ ระนาดเอก xylophone/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก<br />

xylophone/ วงฆองชัย gong/ กลองแขก drum/ กลองชนะ drum/ กลองชาตรี drum/ กลองทัด drum/<br />

กลองมลายู drum/ กลองสองหนา drum/ ฉิ่ง<br />

cymbals/ ฆองคู<br />

gong/ ฆองหุย<br />

gong/ ฆองเหมง gong/<br />

ฉาบ cymbals/ ฉาบเล็ก cymbals/ ฉาบใหญ cymbals/ ตะโพน drum/ ตะโพนมอญ two-sided drum/<br />

โทน drum/ บัณเฑาะว drum/ เปงมางคอก drum/ รํามะนา drum/ โหมง gong/ ขลุย<br />

flute/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

flute/ แตรงอน trumpets/ ปมอญ<br />

oboe/<br />

TM<br />

กลองทัด drum/ กลองสองหนา drum/ ฆองหุย<br />

gong/ ฉาบเล็ก cymbals/ ฉาบใหญ<br />

cymbals ฉิ่ง<br />

cymbals/ ตะโพน drum/ โหมง gong/<br />

TCM<br />

ซอดวง fiddle/ ซอสามสาย fiddle ซอสามสายหลีบ fiddle / ซออู<br />

fiddle/ กลองทัด drums/<br />

ฉิ่ง<br />

cymbals/ ตะโพน drum/ ระนาด xylophone/ รํามะนา drum/ ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

flute/ ขลุยหลีบ<br />

flute/<br />

TMI<br />

ฆอง gong/ ฆองวงเล็ก gong/ ฆองวงใหญ gong/ วงฆองชัย gongs/ กลอง drum/ กลองชวา<br />

drums/ กลองตะโพน drums/ กลองมะริกัน drum/ กลองสองหนา drum/ ฆองคู<br />

gong/ ฉาบ<br />

cymbals/ ฉิ่ง<br />

cymbals/ เปงมางคอก drum/ ขลุย<br />

flute/ แตรงอน trumpet/ แตรฝรั่ง<br />

trumpet/ ป<br />

oboe/<br />

230


7. Generic word<br />

TMT<br />

กลองแขก foreign drum/<br />

8. Specific word<br />

TMI<br />

แตรฝรั่ง<br />

European trumpet/<br />

9. Similar Western instrument<br />

TMMC<br />

ป<br />

oboe-like instrument/<br />

TM<br />

231<br />

ฆองวงเล็ก Celesta/ ฆองวงใหญ Resonophone or Tubaphone or Glockenspiel/ ระนาด<br />

ทุม<br />

Alto Xylophone with wooden-resonance bars or Marimba/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

Alto xylophone<br />

with steel-resonance bars/ ระนาดเอก Treble Xylophone with wooden-bars/ ระนาดเอกทอง Treble<br />

Xylophone with steel-resonance bars/ กลองทัด Timpani/ ฉาบเล็ก Small cymbals, medium<br />

cymbals/ ฉาบใหญ Large cymbals/ ฉิ่ง<br />

Small cymbals/ ตะโพน small hand tympano/ โหมง tomtom<br />

or gong/ ปใน<br />

Oboe or Piano –accordion or C Clarinet/


10. Implement used in playing<br />

TMT<br />

ฆองเหมง …or a padded beater/<br />

TMMC<br />

กระจับป<br />

strummed with a plectrum held in the performer’s hand/ จะเข …plucked<br />

with a plectrum…/ ฆองวง …played with two mallets/ ฆองวงเล็ก …played with two mallets /<br />

ฆองวงใหญ …played with two mallets/ ระนาดเอก …played with pair of mallets/ กลองทัด hit<br />

with sticks/ ฆองเหมง …hit with a mallet or stick/<br />

11. Ensemble in which used<br />

TMT<br />

ฆองระเบ็ง …used for the rabeng…/ ตะโพน …used in pi phat (percussion)<br />

ensemble/ โทนมโหรี…used in mahori ensemble/<br />

TMMC<br />

232<br />

กระจับป<br />

..not used in standard contemporary ensembles/ จะเข …appears in<br />

mahorii and khruang saay ensembles…/ ซอสามสาย used in mahoorii ensembles and in solo<br />

and solo plus vocal, repetoire/ขิม …can be performed solo or added to mahoorii and<br />

khruang saay ensembles/ ฆองมอญ appeared in the piiphaat maun/ ฆองมอญวงเล็ก appeared in<br />

the piiphaat maun/ ฆองวง …in piiphaat ensemble/ฆองวงเล็ก … in piiphaat ensemble /ฆอง<br />

วงใหญ … in piiphaat ensemble/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

used only in the larger-sized piiphaat<br />

ensembles, used in the larger piiphaat ensembles/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก used only in the larger-sized<br />

piiphaat ensembles, used in the larger piiphaat ensembles / วงฆองชัย used in piiphaat


dukdamban ensemble/ กรับเสภา …for recited epic genre, seephaa/ กลองแขก commomly<br />

substituted for taphoon in piiphaat ensemmbles and thoon rammanaa in mahoorii and khruang<br />

saay ensembles/ กลองชนะ… but appearing in the rare pageant ensemble, tree sang klaung<br />

chana/ กลองชาตรี …unique to the piiphaat chaatrii…/ กลองทัด appear in the piiphaat<br />

ensemble/ กลองมลายู appear in the rare ensembles, wong bua lauy and wong piiphaat naang<br />

hong…/ กลองสองหนา often substituted for taphoon in the piiphaat ensemble serving as vocal<br />

accompaniment/ ฆองคู<br />

appear in the “light” version of the smallest size of piiphaat ensembles/<br />

ฆองหุย…<br />

used in piiphaat…/ ฆองเหมง appeared in historical ensembles/ ฉาบ used to<br />

emphasize important metric pulses in larger piiphaat ensembles/ ฉาบเล็ก used to emphasize<br />

important metric pulses in larger piiphaat ensembles/ ฉาบใหญ used to emphasize important<br />

metric pulses in larger piiphaat ensembles/ ฉิ่ง<br />

…ubiquitous in Thai classical music…/<br />

ตะโพน …used in piiphaat ensemble/ เปงมางคอก used in the piiphaat maun ensemble/ โหมง<br />

appears in some of the larger sized standard ensembles/ ขลุย<br />

also appears in khruang saay<br />

ensemble, and in the “soft” version of piiphaat ensembles/ ป<br />

…used in piiphaat ensembles/<br />

ปชวา<br />

appears in certain special ensembles, including the piiphaat naang hong, and the wong<br />

khruang saay pii chaawaa/ ปมอญ<br />

used only in the piiphaat naun/<br />

12. Occasion played<br />

TMT<br />

ฆองระเบ็ง …type of vocal entertainment music/<br />

TMMC<br />

พิณ occasionally used in folk-influenced urban pop music/ กลองชาตรี once used<br />

for the dramatic genre lakhaun chaatrii, today accompanying southern-style (“chaatrii” or<br />

“nooraa”) epic drama/ กลองมลายู …are used in cremation ceremonies/ ฆองหุย…<br />

used in<br />

piiphaat during certain epic episodes/ โทนชาตรี…to accompany shadow theater and lakhaun<br />

nooraa/ ขลุย<br />

used in the public schools for music education/ ปกลาง<br />

used to accompany<br />

233


shadow theater/ ปไฉน<br />

formerly used in processions/ ปชวา<br />

…to accompany Thai boxing/ ป<br />

นอก associated with lakhaun nauk (“outside” dance drama- performed outside of the royal<br />

palace/ ปใน<br />

it was associated with the khoon (masked- dance-drama) and lakhaun nay<br />

(“inside” dance-drama) once confined to the palaces.<br />

13. Origin of name (instrument)<br />

TMT<br />

ระจับป<br />

origin unknown, name from Sanskrit/ พิณ India, from Sanskrit/ ขิม a<br />

Chinese yang ch’in/ กลองแขก Indian drum/กลองชวา Javanese-derived drum/ กลองมะริกัน<br />

American bass drum/ ตะโพนมอญ the mon model…/ โทน …vase drum; India , from “dhol”?/<br />

บัณเฑาะว …hourglass drum; India; Pali: “panawa”/ ปไฉน<br />

…India/ ปชวา<br />

Javanese pi/<br />

TMMC<br />

ขิม …from China…/ ฆองมอญ Mon gongs/ กลองมลายู Malay drum/<br />

TMI<br />

กลองชวา Javanese drums/แตรฝรั่ง<br />

European trumpet/<br />

14. Position in ensemble<br />

TMT<br />

234<br />

จะเข three-stringed floor zither/ พิณเพี<br />

๊ยะ which is placed against the vare chest of the<br />

performer during performance/ ฆองวง …gong-kettles on a stand/ ระนาด set of wooden keys on a<br />

stand/ กรับ a pair is held in each hand/ กรับพวง held in the right hand…/ กลองสองหนา … hand


play drum../ ฆองราว …gongs on a stand/ ฆองหุย<br />

gong on a tripod stand/ ฆองเหมง …hand-held<br />

gong/ ฉาบ …metal hand cymbles/ ฉิ่ง<br />

small hand cymbals/ ตะโพน …drum on a stand/<br />

บัณเฑาะว …hand drum/ เปงมางคอก a set of drum on their stand/<br />

TMMC<br />

จะเข…lies horizontally on the floor/ ฆองวง lies hozontally on the floor, performer<br />

sits inside the circle/ ฆองวงเล็ก lies hozontally on the floor, performer sits inside the circle /ฆอง<br />

วงใหญ lies hozontally on the floor, performer sits inside the circle/ กรับเสภา held in each hand<br />

of a performer/ กลองแขก held on laps of two separate players, held horizontally across<br />

performer’s laps/ ฆองคู…<br />

gongs set in a box/ ฉาบ …metal hand-cymbals/ ฉาบเล็ก …metal<br />

hand-cymbals// ฉาบใหญ …metal hand-cymbals/ บัณเฑาะว hand –held drum/ โหมง metal gong<br />

suspended from tripod/ ขลุย<br />

vertically –held flute/<br />

15. Other names<br />

TMT<br />

ระนาดทอง original name of ranat ek lek/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก ranat ek lek or ranat<br />

thong/ ฆองราว khong rao or khong hui/ ฆองหุย<br />

khong rao or khong hui/<br />

TMMC<br />

ฆองราว khaung raaw (khaung huy)/ ฆองหุย<br />

huy or khaung huy/ โทน sometimes<br />

called thoon mahorii…/ โหมง moong or khaung moong/<br />

TM<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

ranad thume or thume mai/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

ranad thong thume or thume<br />

lek/ ระนาดเอกทอง ranad thong ek or thume lek/ กลองสองหนา …and also called Poeng Mang/<br />

235


TMI<br />

ระนาดทอง rana-t thaw-ng or rana-t ay-k lek/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก rana-t thaw-ng or ranat<br />

ay-k lek/ ฆองหุย<br />

khaw-mui or khaw-ng hui/<br />

16. Function<br />

TMT<br />

กรับ rhythm…/<br />

TMMC<br />

ซอดวง …melodically dominant/ ซออู<br />

melodically dominant/ ฆองมอญวงเล็ก<br />

melodically subordinate instrument/ ฆองวง fills important leadership role in piiphaat ensemble/<br />

ฆองวงเล็ก fills important leadership role in piiphaat ensemble/ฆองวงใหญ fills important<br />

leadership role in piiphaat ensemble/ ระนาดทุม<br />

…melodically subordinate/ ระนาด<br />

เอก …melodically dominant/ วงฆองชัย the gong pitched outline the main melodic pitches of<br />

songs/ กรับเสภา …held in each hand of a performer. Clacked together to produce rhythmic<br />

accompaniment…/ กลองแขก commmonly substituted for taphoon in piiphaat ensembles and<br />

thoon rammanaa in mahoorii and khruang saay ensembles/ กลองสองหนา replaces the taphoon<br />

in certain types of piiphaat ensemble repertoire, ..serving as vocal accompaniment/ ฉาบ used to<br />

emphasize important metric pulses…/ ฉาบเล็ก used to emphasize important metric pulses…,<br />

used more frequently/ ฉาบ ใหญ used to emphasize important metric pulses…/ ฉิ่ง<br />

mark<br />

important metric pluses which indicate chan/ โทน …conceived of as one unit musically.<br />

Hence they are referred to in conjunction, thoon/rammanaa/ รํามะนา played simultaneously by<br />

one person, and conceived of as one unit musically. Hence they are referred to in conjunction,<br />

thoon/rammanaa. Paired with thoon and played by a single musician, for the rhythmic parts of the<br />

two form one pattern/ ขลุย<br />

commonly used as a solo instrument/<br />

236


TM<br />

กลองสองหนา …used in conjunction with other instruments/<br />

TCM<br />

ซอดวง a two-string solo fiddle/ ซออุ<br />

a two-string accompanying fiddle/<br />

17. How played<br />

TMT<br />

กรับพวง …held in the right hand and slapped against the palm of the left/<br />

TMMC<br />

กระจับป<br />

strummed with a plectrum held in the performer’s hand/ ซอดวง the<br />

strings are not depressed against a fingerboard to produce pitches. Bow “attached” to<br />

instrument by being strung through the instrument’s strings/ กรับเสภา …held in each hand<br />

of a performer. Clacked together to produce rhythmic accompaniment…/บัณเฑาะว sound by<br />

balls attached to strings when rolled between the hands/<br />

18. Region where played<br />

TMT<br />

กลองชาตรี drum used in the southern theater, a drum of southern Thailand/ โทน<br />

ชาตรี a drum of south Thailand/<br />

237


TMMC<br />

พิณ …associated with Northern Thai folk music/ กลองชาตรี …accompanying<br />

southern-style …/ โทนชาตรี …played in pair in southern Thailand…/<br />

19. Age<br />

TMT<br />

เกราะ an old bamboo…/ โกรง an old bamboo…/ ฆองระเบ็ง ..an ancient type of …/<br />

ปไฉน<br />

early double-reed…/<br />

TMMC<br />

ฆองเหมง appeared in historical ensembles/<br />

20. Reference to other instruments<br />

TMT<br />

238<br />

พิณ Indian names for a plucked lute: vina (south India) and bina (north India) / กลอง<br />

ชาตรี …like the klong that but much smaller…/ ฆองคู<br />

…similar to those used on the khong<br />

wong/ โทนชาตรี …small-size klong that/ รํามะนา about the size of a Western tambourine but<br />

without the “jangles” /<br />

TMMC<br />

ซออู<br />

…as on sau duang/ ขิม dulcimer-like instrument/ ระนาดทุม<br />

…compared to the<br />

ranaat eek/ ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

…are musical partners to the wooden ones above…(referring to<br />

ระนาด)/ ระนาดเอกเหล็ก .. are musical partners to the wooden ones above…(referring to


239<br />

ระนาด)/ กลองแขก commonly substituted for taphoon in piiphaat ensembles and thoon<br />

rammanaa in mahoorii and khruang saay ensembles/ กลองชนะ similar to the klaung<br />

kheek…/ กลองมลายู similar in appearance to the klaung kheek/ กลองสองหนา ..replaced the<br />

the taphoon, in contrast to the barrel shape of the taphoon/ ฉาบ …larger than the ching…/ ฉาบ<br />

เล็ก …larger than the ching…/ ฉาบใหญ …larger than the ching…/ โทนชาตรี …similar to above<br />

but played in pairs in southern Thailand (above means thoon mahoorii/ รํามะนา Hence they are<br />

referred to in conjunction, thoon/rammanaa/ ปชวา<br />

…and along wih klaung kheek, to<br />

accompany Thai boxing/ ปนอก<br />

shorter in length than the pii nay/<br />

21. Parts of instrument<br />

TMT<br />

ขลุย<br />

…with pegged mouthpiece…/<br />

22. About players<br />

TMMC<br />

กลองแขก played in pairs by two performers/ กลองทัด played by single performer/<br />

กลองมลายู played in pairs/ ตะโพน of ritual significance, and not played by females/ โทน<br />

played simultaneously by one person…, by a single musician/ รํามะนา played simultaneously by<br />

one person…, played by a single musician/<br />

23. Citation<br />

TMMC<br />

พิณ Morton explains that in former times the word was a cover term for all lutetype…/<br />

ปกลาง<br />

… Morton use to accompany shadow theater/


The lists of strategies used in presenting Thai musical ensembles<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

1. Transliteration<br />

TMMC<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

wong khruang saay/ วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

wong khruang saay khruang<br />

khuu/ วงเครื่องสายผสมไวโอลิน<br />

wong khruang saay prasom violin/ วงปพาทยชาตรี<br />

wong piiphaat<br />

chaatrii/ วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

wong piiphaat dukdaman/ วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

wong piiphaat nang<br />

hong/ วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

wong piiphaat maun/<br />

TCM<br />

240<br />

วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

wong khre-a-ng sai, khre-a-ng khu/ วงเครื่องสายวงเล็ก<br />

wong<br />

khre-a-ng sai wong lek/ วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

wong pi-phat khre-a-ng khu/ วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

wong<br />

pi-phat khre-a-ng ha/ วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

wong pi-phat, khre-a-ng yai/ วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

wong pi-phat, duk –dam-bun/ วงมโหรีเครื่องเล็ก<br />

wong mahori-khre-a-ng lek/ วงมโหรีเครื่องหก<br />

wong mahori khre-a-ng hok/<br />

2. Partial transliteration<br />

TMT<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

khruang sai/ วงบัวลอย bua loi/ วงปพาทย<br />

pi phat/ วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

khruang khu/ วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

khruang ha/ วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

khruang yai/ วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

pi<br />

phat mai nuam/ วงมโหรี mahori/


TMMC<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

khruang khuu/ วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

khruang haa/ วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

khruang yay/ วงปพาทยมอญเครื่องคู<br />

piiphaat naun khruang khuu/ วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

may nuam/<br />

TMI<br />

ปพาทยรามัญ<br />

pi-pha-t ra-man/ วงกลองแขกปชวา<br />

glaw-ng khae-k pi-chawa-/ วงปชวา<br />

กลองแขก pi-chawa glaw-ng khae-k/ วงเถิดเทิง, วงเทิงบองกลองยาว ther-t ther-ng or ther-ng baw-ng<br />

klaw-ng yao-/ วงปพาทยดึกดําบีรรพ<br />

pi-pha-t derk dam-ban/ วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

pi-pha-t maw-n/<br />

3. Translation<br />

TCM<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

the string ensemble/<br />

4. Transliteration+translation<br />

TMT<br />

วงกลองแขก klong khaek ensemble/ วงขับไม khap mai ensemble/ วงเครื่องสายวงเล็ก<br />

small khruang sai ensemble/ วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

pi phat nang hong ensemble/ วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

pi phat<br />

mon ensemble/ วงมโหรีเครื่องเล็ก<br />

small mahori ensemble/ วงมโหรีเครื่องใหญ<br />

large mahori<br />

ensemble/<br />

241


TM<br />

วงปพาทย<br />

piphat band/<br />

TCM<br />

วงปพาทย<br />

the pi-phat ensemble/ วงมโหรี the mahori ensemble/<br />

TMI<br />

242<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

khrer-ng sai- (string) ensemble/ วงบัวลอย bua law-i ensemble/ วงปพาทย<br />

pi-pha-t (percussion) ensemble/ วงปพาทยชาตรี<br />

pi-pha-t cha-tri- ensemble/ วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

pi-phat<br />

na-ng hong ensemble/ วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

pi- pha-t mainuam ensemble/ วงมโหรี maho-ri- (mixed and<br />

string and percussion) ensemble/<br />

5. Transliteration+translation+size<br />

TMT<br />

วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

medium-sized or doubled khruang sai ensemble/ วงมโหรีเครื่องคู<br />

medium sized or doubled mahori ensemble/<br />

6. Partial transliteration+partial translation<br />

TMT<br />

วงปพาทยอยางเบา<br />

light piphat/ วงปพาทยอยางหนัก<br />

heavy pi phat/


7. Partial transliteration+age<br />

TMT<br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องสี่<br />

original mahori/<br />

TM<br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องสี่<br />

wong mahori boran or ancient mahori<br />

8. Used both transliteration and partial transliteration<br />

TMMC<br />

วงขับไม khap may or wong khap may/ วงเครื่องสายปชวา<br />

khruang saay pii chaawaa,<br />

wong khruang saay pii chaawaa/ วงบัวลอย bua lauy or wong bua lauy/ วงปพาทย<br />

piiphaat or wong<br />

piiphaat/วงมโหรี mahoorii (wong) mahoorii/<br />

Description strategies<br />

1. Modifiers<br />

1.1 Type<br />

TMMC<br />

วงเครื่องสายปชวา<br />

a standard type of stringed ensemble with pii chaawaa added/ วง<br />

243


ปพาทย<br />

an ensemble of percussion instruments and the pii or oboe, melodic percussive ensemble/ วง<br />

ปพาทยชาตรี<br />

specialized ensemble/<br />

TCM<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

medium sized percussion ensemble/ วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

small<br />

percussion ensemble/ วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

large percussion ensemble/<br />

TMI<br />

1.2 Size<br />

วงปพาทย<br />

pi-pha-t (percussion) ensemble<br />

TMT<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

medium-sized or doubled ensemble/ วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

a small<br />

ensemble “of five instrument”/<br />

TMMC<br />

วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

medium- sized (lit.paired) ensemble of string instruments/ วงป<br />

พาทยเครื่องคู<br />

medium size, khruang khuu…/ วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

small size, khruang haa/ วงมโหรี …<br />

characterized by instruments of smaller size…/<br />

244


TCM<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

medium sized percussion ensemble/วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

small<br />

percussion ensemble/<br />

1.3 Hyphenated<br />

TMT<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

medium-sized or doubled ensemble/<br />

TMMC<br />

วงขับไม a three-stringed fiddle/ วงเครื่องสาย<br />

wong khruang saay-ensemble…/ วงป<br />

พาทยเครื่องหา<br />

the five-instrument…/ วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

the Mon-derived ensemble/<br />

2. Translation<br />

TMT<br />

วงขับไม Literally “to recite or sing with a beat” or more figuratively “to perform on<br />

musical instrument.”/ วงเครื่องสาย<br />

the ensemble composed of stringed instruments…/ วงปพาทย<br />

เครื่องคู<br />

medium-sized or doubled ensemble/ วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

large group of instrument/ วงป<br />

พาทยไมนวม the pi phat ensemble using padded sticks/<br />

245


TMMC<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

an ensemble of stringed instruments/ วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

medium sized<br />

(lit.paired) ensemble of string instruments/ วงเครื่องสายปชวา<br />

a standard type of stringed ensemble<br />

with pii chaawaa added/ วงบัวลอย floating lotus ensemble/ วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

the Mon-derived<br />

ensemble/<br />

TCM<br />

ensemble/<br />

วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

doubled string ensemble/ วงเครื่องสายวงเล็ก<br />

small string<br />

TMI<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

khrer-ng sai- (string) ensemble<br />

3. Partial translation<br />

TMT<br />

วงบัวลอย an old ensemble/ / วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

literally, “five instruments”/ วงปพาทย<br />

นางหงส the pi phat funeral ensemble/ วงมโหรี an ensemble …/<br />

TMMC<br />

วงขับไม historical ensemble…/ วงปพาทย<br />

an ensemble of percussion instruments and<br />

the pii or oboe/วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

instrument; paired/วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

instrument; five,…the five -<br />

instrument/ วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

instrument; large/ วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

ensemble which<br />

246


accompanies …/ วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

stick/soft; indicates the soft version of piiphaat/ วงมโหรี a<br />

standard type of ensemble/<br />

TCM<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

medium sized percussion ensemble/วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

small<br />

percussion ensemble/ วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

large percussion ensemble/ วงมโหรีเครื่องเล็ก<br />

small<br />

ensemble…/<br />

4. Transliteration<br />

TMT<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

medium-sized or doubled piphat ensemble/ วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

large<br />

pi phat ensemble/ วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

the pi phat ensemble using padded sticks/<br />

5. Partial transliteration<br />

TMT<br />

วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

the pi phat funeral ensemble/<br />

TMMC<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

medium size, khruang khuu…/วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

small size, khruang<br />

haa,..piphaat ensemble/ วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

large size khruang yay/ วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

stick/soft;<br />

indicates the soft version of piiphaat/<br />

247


6. Component instruments (for ensembles)<br />

TMT<br />

วงเครื่องสาย<br />

the ensemble composed of stringed instruments, flute, and rhythmic<br />

percussion/ วงปพาทย<br />

an ensemble composed of melodic and rhythmic percussion instruments and<br />

the pi/ วงปพาทยไมนวม<br />

the pi phat ensemble using padded sticks/ วงมโหรี an ensemble composed<br />

of melodic and rhythmic percussion instruments and flute/<br />

TMMC<br />

วงขับไม …consisting ofsolo vocalist,sau saam saay,andbanthau/ วงเครื่องสาย<br />

drums<br />

and hand cymbals, and khluy or flute…/ วงเครื่องสายปชวา<br />

a standard type of stringed ensemble with<br />

pii chaawaa added/ วงบัวลอย consists of pii chaawaa and rhythmic accompaniment/ วงปพาทย<br />

an<br />

ensemble of percussion instruments and the pii or oboe, melodic percussive ensemble, which does not<br />

include stringed instruments/ วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

a distinctive feature of this ensemble is the wong<br />

khaung chay, seven tuned gongs vertically suspended in a frame…/ วงปพาทยมอญ…plus<br />

the set of<br />

tuned drums, peeng maang khauk/ วงมโหรี …including both stringed and melodix percussive<br />

instruments/<br />

TCM<br />

วงเครื่องสายเครื่องคู<br />

another instrument of each kind is added, making a pair/ วง<br />

เครื่องสายวงเล็ก<br />

one instrument of each kind only is used…/ วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

another instrument of<br />

each kind is added, making a pair/ วงปพาทยเครื่องหา<br />

consisting of five instruments and the Ching/<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ<br />

all the important percussion instruments are included/ วงมโหรีเครื่อง<br />

เล็ก …consisting of both string and percussion type instruments/<br />

248


TMI<br />

วงมโหรี maho-ri- (mixed and string and percussion) ensemble/<br />

7. Component ensembles (for ensembles)<br />

TMMC<br />

วงมโหรี a combination of khruang saay and piiphaat ensembles/<br />

8. Occasion played<br />

TMT<br />

วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

the pi phat funeral ensemble/<br />

TMMC<br />

วงขับไม today played occasionally by university students/ วงบัวลอย use in cremation<br />

ceremonies for royalty and has its own specific repertoire/ วงปพาทย<br />

accompanies rituals and<br />

theatrical genres but can also perform entertainment music/ วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

ensemble which<br />

accompanies the dramatic genre, lakhaun dukdamban, …./ วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

…ensemble formerly<br />

used in cremation ceremonies, but rare today/ วงปพาทยมอญ…<br />

commonly played at cremation<br />

ceremonies…/<br />

249


9. Origin of name (ensemble)<br />

TMMC<br />

วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

the Mon-derived ensemble/<br />

10. Other names<br />

TMI<br />

วงกลองแขกปชวา<br />

pi-chawa glaw-ng khae-k or glaw-ng khae-k pi-chawa-/ วงปชวา<br />

กลองแขก pi-chawa glaw-ng khae-k or glaw-ng khae-k pi-chawa-/<br />

11. Age<br />

TMT<br />

วงขับไม an old ensemble/ วงบัวลอย an old ensemble/<br />

TMMC<br />

วงขับไม historical ensemble<br />

12. Comparison to other ensembles<br />

TMMC<br />

วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

… which shares certain similarities to Burmese ensembles…/<br />

250


TCM<br />

วงเครื่องสายวงเล็ก<br />

one instrument of each kind only is used compable to the pi-phat<br />

khre-a-ng ha/<br />

13. Citation<br />

TMMC<br />

วงเครื<br />

่องสาย Morton’s “rhythmic percussion”…/ วงบัวลอยMorton views this as the<br />

precursor to the wong piiphaat naang hong/ วงมโหรี Jeradithaporn…, Morton…/<br />

251


The lists of strategies used in presenting types of Thai musical instruments<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

1. Transliteration<br />

TMMC<br />

เครื่องดีด<br />

khruang ditt/ เครื่องสี<br />

khruang sii/ เครื่องตี<br />

khruang tii/ เครื่องเปา<br />

khruang paw/<br />

2. Translation<br />

TMT<br />

เครื่องสาย<br />

stringed instruments/ เครื่องตีดําเนินทํานอง<br />

melodic percussion/ เครื่องตีกํากับ<br />

จังหวะ rhythmic percussion/<br />

TM<br />

เครื่องดําเนินทํานอง<br />

melodic instruments/ เครื่องกํากับจังหวะ<br />

rhythmic instruments/<br />

เครื่องตี<br />

percussion section/<br />

TCM<br />

เครื่องดําเนินทํานอง<br />

melodic instruments/ เครื่องกํากับจังหวะ<br />

rhythmic instruments/<br />

252


TMI<br />

เครื่องสาย<br />

stringed instruments/ เครื่องตี<br />

percussion instruments/ เครื่องเปา<br />

wind<br />

instruments/<br />

3. Partial translation<br />

TMT<br />

เครื่องดีด<br />

plucked/ เครื่องสี<br />

bowed/<br />

TMMC<br />

เครื่องสาย<br />

strings/<br />

4. Translation+material<br />

TM<br />

เครื่องเปา<br />

wood-wind section/<br />

TMI<br />

เครื่องหนัง<br />

percussion instruments using skin or leather/<br />

5. Translation+type<br />

253


TMI<br />

เครื่องดีด<br />

plucked stringed instruments /เครื่องสี<br />

bowed stringed instruments/<br />

6. Partial translation+material<br />

TMT<br />

Description strategies<br />

เครื่องเปา<br />

woodwinds/<br />

1. Translation<br />

TMT<br />

เครื่องดีด<br />

plucked instruments/ เครื่องสี<br />

bowed instruments/ เครื่องตี<br />

hit or beaten<br />

instruments/ เครื่องเปา<br />

blown instruments/<br />

254


<strong>Appendix</strong> D<br />

The Differences on Strategies Used in Presenting Thai Music Terms


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 7 The Differences in Strategies Used in Presenting Thai Musical Instruments<br />

<br />

<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai music terms The total number of words Same strategies<br />

Same words Different words/romanizations<br />

Different strategies<br />

กระจับป<br />

3 3<br />

จะเข 4 4<br />

พิณ 3 3<br />

พิณน้ําเตา<br />

2 2<br />

พิณเพี ๊ยะ 2 2<br />

ซอ 1<br />

ซอดวง 4 4<br />

ซอสามสาย 4 2 2<br />

ซอสามสายหลีบ 3 2 1<br />

ซออู<br />

4 4<br />

ขิม 2 2<br />

ฆอง 2 2<br />

ฆองกระแต 1<br />

ฆองกลาง 2 2<br />

ฆองชัย 1<br />

ฆองมอญ 3 3<br />

ฆองมอญวงเล็ก 1<br />

256


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 7 (Continued)<br />

<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai music terms The total number of words Same strategies<br />

Same words Different words/romanizations<br />

Different strategies<br />

ฆองราง 2 2<br />

ฆองวง 2 2<br />

ฆองวงเล็ก 5 4 1<br />

ฆองวงใหญ 5 4 1<br />

ระนาด 2 2<br />

ระนาดทอง 2 2<br />

ระนาดทุม<br />

5 2 3<br />

ระนาดทุมเหล็ก<br />

5 2 2 1<br />

ระนาดเอก 5 2 3<br />

ระนาดเอกทอง 1<br />

ระนาดเอกเหล็ก 4 4<br />

วงฆองชัย 2 2<br />

กรับ 2 2<br />

กรับคู<br />

1<br />

กรับพวง 2 2<br />

กรับเสภา 3 3<br />

กลอง 2 2<br />

257


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 7 (Continued)<br />

<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai music terms The total number of words Same strategies<br />

Same words Different words/romanizations<br />

Different strategies<br />

ฆองราง 2 2<br />

กลองชนะ 2 2<br />

กลองชวา 2 2<br />

กลองชาตรี 3 3<br />

กลองตะโพน 1<br />

กลองตุก<br />

1<br />

กลองทัด 5 5<br />

กลองมะริกัน 2 2<br />

กลองมลายู 3 3<br />

กลองยาว 2 2<br />

กลองสองหนา 4 2 2<br />

เกราะ 2 2<br />

โกรง 2 2<br />

ฆองคู<br />

3 3<br />

ฆองระเบ็ง 2 2<br />

ฆองราว 3 3<br />

ฆองหุย<br />

4 3 1<br />

258


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 7 (Continued)<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai music terms The total number of words Same strategies<br />

Same words Different words/romanizations<br />

Different strategies<br />

ฆองเหมง 3 3<br />

ฆองโหมง 1<br />

ฉาบ 3 2 1<br />

ฉาบเล็ก 5 2 2 1<br />

ฉาบใหญ 5 2 2 1<br />

ฉิ ่ง 5 5<br />

ตะโพน 5 2 3<br />

ตะโพนมอญ 3 3<br />

ทับ 1<br />

โทน 4 2 2<br />

โทนชาตรี 3 2 1<br />

โทนมโหรี 2 2<br />

บัณเฑาะว 2 2<br />

เปงมาง 2 2<br />

เปงมางคอก 3 3<br />

มโหระทึก 1<br />

รํามะนา 4 2 2<br />

259


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 7 (Continued)<br />

<br />

<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai music terms The total number of words Same strategies<br />

Same words Different words/romanizations<br />

Different strategies<br />

โหมง 5 4 1<br />

ขลุย<br />

3 2 1<br />

ขลุยกรวด<br />

1<br />

ขลุยเพียงออ<br />

4 4<br />

ขลุยหลีบ<br />

4 2 2<br />

ขลุยอู<br />

3 2 1<br />

แตร 1<br />

แตรงอน 2 2<br />

แตรฝรั ่ง 1<br />

แตรลางโพง 1<br />

แตรลําโพง 1<br />

แตรวิลันดา 1<br />

ป<br />

3 2 1<br />

ป กลาง 3 3<br />

ป ไฉน 3 2 1<br />

ป ชวา 3 2 1<br />

ป นอก 4 2 2<br />

260


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 7 (Continued)<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai music terms The total number of words Same strategies<br />

Same words Different words/romanizations<br />

Different strategies<br />

ปใน<br />

5 4 1<br />

ปมอญ<br />

3 3<br />

ปหอ<br />

1<br />

ปออ<br />

1<br />

261


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 8 The Differences in Strategies Used in Presenting Thai Musical Ensembles<br />

<br />

<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai music terms The total number of words Same strategies<br />

Same words Different words/romanizations<br />

Different strategies<br />

ป พาทยรามัญ 1<br />

วงกลองแขก 1<br />

วงกลองแขกปชวา 1<br />

วงขับไม 2 2<br />

วงเครื ่องสาย 4 4<br />

วงเครื่องสายเครื<br />

่องคู<br />

2 2<br />

วงเครื ่องสายวงเล็ก 2 2<br />

วงเครื่องสายปชวา 1<br />

วงเครื ่องสายผสมไวโอลิน 1<br />

วงเถิดเทิง วงเทิงบองกลองยาว 1<br />

วงบัวลอย 3 3<br />

วงปชวากลองแขก 1<br />

วงป พาทย 5 3 2<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องคู<br />

2 2<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องหา 3 3<br />

วงปพาทยเครื่องใหญ 3 2 1<br />

วงปพาทยชาตรี 2 2<br />

262


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 8 (Continued)<br />

<br />

<br />

่<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai music terms The total number of words Same strategies<br />

Same words Different words/romanizations<br />

Different strategies<br />

วงปพาทยดึกดําบรรพ<br />

3 2 1<br />

วงปพาทยนางหงส<br />

3 2 1<br />

วงปพาทยมอญ<br />

3 2 1<br />

วงปพาทยมอญเครื่องคู<br />

1<br />

วงป พาทยไมนวม 3 2 1<br />

วงปพาทยอยางเบา<br />

1<br />

วงปพาทยอยางหนัก<br />

1<br />

วงมโหรี 4 2 2<br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องคู<br />

1<br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องเล็ก<br />

2 2<br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องสี<br />

2 2<br />

วงมโหรีเคริ่องหก<br />

1<br />

วงมโหรีเครื่องใหญ<br />

1<br />

263


<strong>Appendix</strong> <strong>Table</strong> 9 The Differences in Strategies Used in Presenting Types of Thai Musical Instruments<br />

Word translation strategies<br />

Thai music terms The total number of words Same strategies<br />

Same words Different words/romanizations<br />

Different strategies<br />

เครื ่องสาย 3 2 1<br />

เครื ่องดีด 3 3<br />

เครื่องสี<br />

3 3<br />

เครื่องตี 3 2 1<br />

เครื่องดําเนินทํานอง<br />

2 2<br />

เครื ่องตีดําเนินทํานอง 2 2<br />

เครื ่องกํากับจังหวะ 2 2<br />

เครื่องตีกํากับจังหวะ 1<br />

เครื่องหนัง<br />

1<br />

เครื่องเปา<br />

4 4<br />

264

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!